Skip to main content

Full text of "A laboratory study of household chemistry"

See other formats


49 


^LABORATORY  STUDY  °I 
HOUSEHOLD  CHEMISTRY 


JONES 


ill 


WM 


fifiiiM 


Book  t  s/  jL 

Copyright  N° 

COFXRIGiST  DEPOSFT. 


A   LABORATORY  STUDY 

OF 

HOUSEHOLD  CHEMISTRY 


BY 

MARY   ETHEL  JONES 

FORMER   TEACHER  OF   CHEMISTRY   IN   THE 
LOS  ANGELES   HIGH  SCHOOL 


>XK< 


ALLYN    and    BACON 

BOSTON  NEW  YORK  CHICAGO 

ATLANTA  SAN  FRANCISCO 


-ft*** 

51 


COP  /RIGHT,    192i, 

BY  MARY    E.   JONES 


SEP  24 '2 


NorinooB  Press 

J.  S.  Cushing  Co.  —Berwick  &  Smith  Co 

Norwood,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 


©C1.A627093 


PREFACE 

These  experiments  in  Household  Chemistry  are  arranged 
to  meet  the  demand  for  work  in  chemistry  for  girls.  They  form 
a  practical  course  in  the  chemistry  of  the  household  and  of 
common  things,  and  are  helpful  both  to  pupils  who  do  not  go  to 
college  and  to  those  who  do. 

Above  all,  the  course  u  practical.  While  the  fundamental 
principles  of  chemistry  are  as  thoroughly  emphasized  in  the  first 
half  year  of  this  course  as  they  are  in  any  course  in  general  chem- 
istry, the  experiments  that  illustrate  them  are  made  as  prac- 
tical as  possible. 

The  last  half  of  the  course  is  largely  organic  chemistry  made  as 
simple  as  possible  and  used  so  far  as  possible  in  the  study  of  fuels 
and  illuminants,  food  principles,  food  substitutes,  textiles,  soaps, 
laundering,  bleaching,  blueing,  dyeing,  and  leavening  agents. 

All  of  the  experiments  and  the  wording  of  the  directions  have 
been  tried  for  five  years  by  different  teachers  with  classes  of 
girls.  Additions  and  changes  have  been  made  each  term  until 
the  manual  satisfies  all  the  requirements  of  the  course. 

Many  teachers  have  assisted  in  the  preparation  of  this  work. 
The  author  wishes  particularly  to  express  her  indebtedness  to 
Miss  J.  Maud  Blanchard,  her  first  teacher  in  chemistry,  to  Miss 
May  Kimble  and  Mr.  J.  H.  Hanna,  both  of  the  Los  Angeles 
High  School,  and  to  Mr.  C.  W.  Sandifur,  of  the  Hollywood  High 
School. 

Mary  Ethel  Jones 

Los  Angeles,  California 
April,  1921 

iii 


CONTENTS 


Part  I.     First  Term's  Work 


I  Preliminary  Experiments 

Experiment  1.     The  Bunsen  Burner      .... 
Experiment  2.     The    Units    of    Length,    Volume,    and 

Weight  Used  in  Chemistry  ..... 

Experiment  3.     How  to  Make  Simple  Apparatus  from 

Glass  Tubing 

Experiment  4.     Physical  and  Chemical  Changes   . 
Experiment  5.     Elements,  Compounds,  Mixtures  . 

II  Oxygen  and  Hydrogen 


PAGE 

2 


Experiment  6. 
Experiment  7. 
Experiment  8. 

Burns 
Experiment  9. 

drogen 
Experiment  10. 

drogen 


Ways  of  Freeing  and  Collecting  Oxygen 
Preparation  and  Properties  of  Oxygen 
What  Takes  Place  When  a  Substance 

Preparation    and    Properties    of    Hy- 

Two  Other  Methods  of  Preparing  Hy- 


III 


IV 


Water 

Experiment  11. 
Experiment  12. 
Experiment  13. 
Experiment  14. 

Water 
Experiment  15. 
Experiment  16. 

Nitrogen  and  the  Air 
Experiment  17. 

gen      . 
Experiment  18. 
Experiment  19. 


The  Synthesis  of  Water 

How  to  Test  Hydrogen  and  Water 

The  Solvent  Power  of  Water 

Boiling  Point  and  Freezing  Point  of 

How  to  Purify  Water 
Properties  of  Hydrogen  Peroxide 

Preparation  and  Properties  of  Nitro- 

The  Composition  of  the  Air 
Ammonia,  NH3  ..... 


12 
14 

17 

19 

22 


24 
25 

28 

30 
32 
34 


35 
37 
40 


Vi  CONTENTS 

V  Acids,  Bases,  and  Salts  page 

Experiment  20.  General  Properties  of  Acids,  Bases, 
and  Salts 41 

Experiment  21.  Methods  of  Forming  Acids,  Hy- 
droxides, and  Salts 45 

Experiment  22.  Solutions  That  Conduct  the  Electric 
Current 49 

VI  The  Halogens  and  Hydrochloric  Acid 

Experiment  23.     Chlorine,  Bromine,  and  Iodine    .         .       52 
Experiment  24.     Preparation  and  Properties  of  Hydro- 
chloric Acid,  HC1 54 

VII  Sulfur  and  Compounds  of  Sulfur 

Experiment  25.     Sulfur  and  Compounds  of  Sulfur         .       55 
Experiment  26.     Sulfuric  Acid  and  Hydrogen  Sulfide    .       57 

VIII  Carbon.     Carbon  Dioxide.     Flames 

Experiment  27.  Carbon 59 

Experiment  28.  Carbon  Dioxide,  C02  ....  60 

Experiment  29.  Carbonic  Acid  and  Carbonates  .         .  62 

Experiment  30.  Flames 63 

Part  II.     Second  Term's  Work 

IX  Common  Organic  Compounds 

Experiment  31.  Tests  for  Organic  Compounds     .         .  67 

Experiment  32.     Hydrocarbons 69 

Experiment  33.  Some  Common  Alcohols      ...  73 

Experiment  34.  Properties  and  Uses  of  Some  Common 

Organic  Acids 76 

Experiment  35.  Fuels  and  Illuminants         ...  80 

X  Chemistry  of  Foods 

Experiment  36.     Water  in  Foods 83 

Experiment  37.  Inorganic    Salts    in    Foods    (Mineral 

Matter  or  Ash) 84 

Experiment  38.  Starch  and  Dextrin     ....  86 

Experiment  39.     Cellulose 88 

Experiment  40.  Gums  and  Pectin         ....  90 

Experiment  41.     Sugars 93 

Experiment  42.     Fats  and  Oils 96 


CONTENTS 


Vll 


Experiment  43.     The  Albumens  and  Casein 
Experiment  44.     The  Globulins  and  Albuminoids 


XI  Digestion  of  Food 

Experiment  45. 
Experiment  46. 

XII  Food  Analysis 

Experiment  47. 
Experiment  48. 
Experiment  49. 

XIII  Food  Adulterants 

Experiment  50. 
Experiment  51. 
Experiment  52. 

XIV  Food  Values 

Experiment  53. 

XV  Leavening  Agents 

Experiment  54. 
Experiment  55. 

XVI  Textiles 

Experiment  56. 
Experiment  57. 
Experiment  58. 
Experiment  59. 
Experiment  60. 


Digestion  of  Starch 
Digestion  of  Proteins 


Adulterants  in  Milk    . 

Tests  for  Adulterants  in  Butter  . 

Adulterants  in  Jellies  and  Candies 

Menu  Making     .... 

Products  of  Yeast  Fermentation 
Baking  Soda,  Baking  Powder 


Cotton,  Linen,  Wool,  and  Silk 
Textile  Dyeing    . 
Removing  Spots  and  Stains 
Bleaching  and  Blueing 
Soaps,  Cleansing  Powders  . 


Appendix 


PAGE 

99 
101 


103 
105 


Analysis  of  Milk  .         .         .         .108 

Babcock  Test  for  Butter  Fat  in  Milk     111 
Beverages  —  Tea,  Coffee,  Cocoa         .     113 


The  Metric  System 

Temperatures  ........ 

List  of  the  Common  Elements,  Their  Symbols,  Atomic 
Weights  and  Valences  ...... 

The  Weight  in  Grams  of  One  Liter  of  Various  Gases 
Food  Chemistry  Outline  .         .     .    . 

Digestion  of  Foods  ....... 

Action  of  Digestive  Juicer 

Tables  Showing  Food  Units  Required  Daily  . 

Tables  of  100  Food  Units 

Special  Solutions 169 


110 
US 
120 

122 

123 
125 

128 
130 
132 
135 
138 

141 
142 

143 
143 
144 
157 
158 
159 
161 


SUGGESTIONS   TO    TEACHERS 

As  has  been  noted  in  the  preface,  this  manual  was  not  written 
to  fit  any  particular  textbook,  but  simply  to  outline  a  course  in 
chemistry  for  girls.  It  has  been  found  that  any  good  up-to-date 
book  in  elementary  chemistry  can  be  used  throughout  the  year's 
work.  On  the  second  term's  work,  however,  it  is  well  to  give 
some  reference  work  from  the  books  mentioned. 

Most  of  the  experiments  can  be  performed  in  the  double 
laboratory  period  of  90  minutes.  Some  of  the  experiments  are 
short  enough  so  that  two  experiments  can  be  performed  in  one 
day.     A  few  experiments  require  more  than  one  double  period. 

It  has  been  our  experience  that  a  student  will  work  to  far 
better  advantage  in  the  laboratory  if  the  instructor  will  spend 
five,  or  even  ten,  minutes  at  the  beginning  of  the  laboratory 
period  discussing  the  experiment,  emphasizing  in  particular  the 
purpose  of  the  experiment  and  the  precautions  to  be  observed. 
With  a  beginning  class  of  girls,  until  they  know  something  of 
laboratory  technique,  it  is  well  to  show  just  how  the  apparatus 
in  the  experiment  is  set  up. 

The  method  of  presenting  the  principles  and  just  where  and 
when  to  introduce  the  theories  of  chemistry  to  a  beginning  class 
of  girls,  varies  with  different  teachers.  There  is  an  outline  on 
food  chemistry  in  the  appendix  that  may  be  helpful  to  the 
students. 


IMPORTANT   SUGGESTIONS   TO   STUDENTS 

1.  Pay  your  laboratory  fee.  No  student  may  be  assigned 
a  desk  in  a  chemical  laboratory  until  this  fee  is  paid.  Your  in- 
structor will  keep  your  receipt  on  file  until  you  need  it  to  present 
for  refund. 

2.  Provide  yourself  with  the  following :  a  rubber  or  oil- 
cloth apron,  the  standard  laboratory  notebook,  some  mop 
cloths,  a  cake  of  soap,  one  fourth  of  a  cake  of  sapolio,  and  a 
sponge. 

3.  If  you  break  a  piece  of  apparatus,  make  out  a  requisition 
slip  for  a  new  piece  and  replace  it. 

4.  Always  keep  your  apparatus  clean  and  your  desk  neat. 
Good  chemists  are  never  slovenly. 

5.  Keep  the  sink  in  front  of  your  desk  clean.  —  Do  not  put 
acids  or  strong  bases  in  it  without  flushing  it  well.  Do  not  put 
matches,  fats,  oils,  paper,  pieces  of  sodium  or  potassium  into  the 
sink,  but  use  the  waste  jars  provided. 

6.  Do  not  use  more  material  than  the  amount  specified.  If 
too  much  is  taken  of  either  a  solid  or  liquid,  throw  the  excess  into 
the  waste  jars  ;    never  pour  it  back  into  the  bottle. 

7.  Never  lay  the  stopper  of  a  reagent  bottle  down  on  the 
shelf ;    keep  it  in  your  hand  and  replace  it  when  you  are  through. 

8.  Never  taste  reagents  unless  told  to  do  so. 

9.  In  case  of  accident  see  instructions  on  page  xv  ;  if  serious, 
report  to  instructor. 

10.   Your  notebook  should  be  an  honest  record  of  your  own 
observations  and  conclusions. 

xi 


SAFETY   RULES 

1.  Before  a  new  experiment  is  begun  at  least  ten  minutes  should 

be  spent  in  the  lecture  room : 

a.  To  emphasize  precautions  to  be  observed  in  order  that 

the  experiment  may  be  absolutely  safe. 

b.  To  make  clear  the  purpose  of  the  experiment. 

c.  To  make  the  method  clear. 

2.  Experiments  missed  by  a  student  are  not  to  be  made  up  in 

the  laboratory  unless  carefully  supervised  by  the  instruc- 
tor. 

3.  Have  no  materials  on  the  distributing  shelves  except  the 

materials  for  the  experiment  of  the  day. 

4.  All  other  supplies  should  be  kept  in  the  storeroom  and  the 

storeroom  kept  locked. 

5.  Poisons  and  materials  not  safe  in  the  hands  of  students  such 

as  potassium  cyanide,  phosphorus  (yellow),  sodium, 
potassium,  carbolic  acid,  and  mercury  salts,  should  be 
locked  in  a  special  cupboard. 

6.  In  the  preparation  of  oxygen  be  sure  that  the  manganese 

dioxide  is  free  from  carbon  before  it  is  mixed  with  the 
potassium  chlorate.  The  teacher  should  perform  the 
experiment  in  front  of  the  class  before  allowing  them  to 
do  it. 

7.  Such  substances  as  potassium  chlorate,  phosphorus,  sodium, 

potassium  ammonium  nitrite,  concentrated  sulfuric  acid, 
and  concentrated  nitric  acids  are  not  safe  in  the  hands  of 
the  students  in  the  crowded  classes  of  the  High  School. 
Experiments  involving  the  use  of  these  substances  should 
be  performed  by  the  instructor, 
xiii 


XIV  SAFETY  RULES 

8.  Other  experiments  in  which  poisonous  gases  are  prepared, 

such  as  chlorine,  bromine,  or  phosphine,  should  be  per' 
formed  by  the  teacher. 

9.  Unless  the  class  is  so  small  that  the  teacher  can  personally 

direct  each  student,  the  experiment  on  the  preparation 
of  hydrogen  by  any  method  should  be  performed  b}^  the 
teacher. 

10.  All  experiments  involving  reductions  by  means  of  hydrogen 

or  the  burning  of  hydrogen  should  be  performed  by  the 
teacher. 

11.  Keep  your  first-aid  closet  well  stocked. 

12.  Carry  all  acid  bottles  with  both  hands,  one  on  the  bottom, 

one  holding  the  neck.     Carry  one  bottle  at  a  time. 


LABORATORY   FIRST   AID 

1.  Accidents,  if  serious,  should  be  reported  to  the  instructor. 

2.  Cuts.     Wash  in  running  water,  then  with  a  piece  of  absorbent 

cotton   saturated    with    iodine    solution.     Bandage    to    prevent 
contamination. 

3.  Burns  caused  by  hot  objects.     Cover  with  a  paste  made  by  mixing 

sodium  bicarbonate  and  carron  oil  (equal  parts  of  olive  oil  and 
lime-water).     Then  cover  with  cotton  and  bandage. 

4.  $urns  caused  by  acids.     Wash  with  water,  apply  a  solution  of 

sodium  bicarbonate,  then  treat  as  in  2. 

5.  Burns  caused  by  alkalies.     Wash  with  boric  acid,  then  treat  as  in  2. 

G.    Acids  in  eyes.     Wash  with  water,  then  dilute  solution  of  sodium 
bicarbonate,  then  olive  oil.     Do  not  rub. 

7.  Bases  in  eyes.     Wash  with  water,  then  boric  acid  solution,  then 

oil.     Do  not  rub. 

8.  Other  substances  in  eyes.     Use  water,  boric  acid,  then  oil.     Do 

not  rub. 

9.  If  a  chemical  is  swallowed  call  a  physician.     Meanwhile,   give 

emetic  of  mustard  and  warm  water.     Consult  "  First  Aid  "  for 
antidote. 

10.  If  irritating  gases  are  inhaled  —  breathe  fresh  air.  In  case  of 
hydrogen  chloride,  sulphur  dioxide,  chlorine,  or  bromine,  a  very 
dilute  solution  of  ammonium  hydroxide  sniffed  into  the  nose 
often  brings  relief.  If  the  gases  are  in  the  eyes,  bathe  with  water 
and  boric  acid.  If  overcome  by  hydrogen  sulfide,  inhale  chlorine 
gas  (prepared  quickly  by  treating  powdered  potassium  chlorate 
in  a  beaker  with  a  few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid  at  a  time). 


xv 


HOUSEHOLD  CHEMISTRY 

PART  I 

FIRST   TERM'S  WORK 
I.   PRELIMINARY   EXPERIMENTS 

Upon  entering  the  laboratory,  hang  your  coat  upon  the 
hooks  provided,  roll  back  your  sleeves,  put  on  your  apron,  and 
check  your  apparatus  with  the  following  list.  If  anything  is 
missing  or  not  in  good  condition,  report  to  the  instructor.  After 
the  first  day,  broken  or  lost  apparatus  will  be  charged  to  your 
account. 

APPARATUS   LIST 

1  Asbestos  mat $0.10 

1  Beaker,  150  cc 35 

1  Beaker,  250  cc 40 

1  Crucible,  porcelain,  #0 .     .     . .     .35 

1  Clay  triangle 05 

1  Cover  for  crucible,  #0 15 

1  Delivery  tube,  rubber,  18" 25 

1  Elbow  glass,  3"  X 6" 05 

1  Elbow  glass,  3"  X 3" 05 

1  Evaporating  dish,  porcelain,  50  cc 30 

1  Forceps,  steel,  5" 15 

1  Flask,  Florence,  250  cc 25 

1  Funnel,  short  stem,  3"  diameter 30 

4  Gas  bottles,  wide  mouthed,  each ,N    .     .     .     .15 

4  Glass  plates  (cover  glasses),  each 10 

1 


2  PRELIMINARY  EXPERIMENTS 

1  Graduate  (measuring  cylinder),  50  cc 75 

12  Gas  testers,  wooden  splints 05 

1  Box  matches,  safety 

3  Rubber  connectors  (3"  rubber  tubing) 10 

1  Stirring  rod 05 

1  Stopper,  1-hole,  pure  gum 10 

1  Stopper,  2-hole,  pure  gum 10 

1  Test  tube,  side  neck,  8"  XI" 20 

12  Test  tubes,  6"  X|"  each 05 

1  Test  tube,  8"  XI" 10 

1  Test  tube  brush        15 

1  Test  tube  holder  (bent  wire) 15 

1  Thistle  tube,  straight  stem  (safety) 60 

2  Watch  glasses,  2" 05 

1  Wire  screen,  4"  X 4" 10 

PERSONAL   LIST 

Apron,  cloths,  sponge,  soap,  sapolio,  paper. 
After  checking  your  apparatus,  fold  and  put  away  your  apron 
and  lock  the  drawer  and  locker.     Keep  your  key. 


EXPERIMENT   1 

The  Buns  en  Burner 

Apparatus.     Bunsen  burner,   matches,  beaker,  test  tube,  test 
tube  holder,  wire  screen. 

Note  to  student:  When  you  enter  the  laboratory,  put  on  your  apron  and 
begin  the  experiment  at  once.  Work  independently  unless  otherwise  in- 
structed. Do  not  waste  time.  Unfinished  experiments  will  have  to  be 
finished  after  school.  Put  your  name,  the  date,  the  number  of  the  experiment 
at  the  top  of  a  page  in  your  notebook  and  record  carefully  each  observation 
as  you  work.  Be  sure  to  have  the  instructor  sign  your  notes  before  you  leave 
the  laboratory.  Always  bring  your  laboratory  notebook  with  you  on  recitation 
days  in  order  that  the  experiment  just  performed  may  be  discussed. 

Note  to  teacher :  Much  time  will  be  saved  if  the  parts  of  the  Bunsen  burner 
are  briefly  explained  before  the  students  enter  the  laboratory.  Also  show 
how  to  heat  a  liquid  in  a  test  tube  and  how  to  use  a  ring  stand. 


THE  BUN  SEN  BURNER  3 

A.  The  Parts  of  the  Burner. 

The  Bunsen  burner  is  a  form  of  apparatus  used  for  the 
burning  of  gas.  It  is  the  usual  source  of  heat  in  the  labora- 
tory. The  name  "  Bunsen  "  has  been  given  to  the  burner 
because  it  was  first  made  by  the  German  scientist  Bunsen. 
It  consists  of  a  base  and  a  tube  which  has  two  round  openings 
in  its  lower  part,  through  which  air  enters.  A  small  band, 
with  corresponding  openings,  fits  the  lower  part  of  the  tube, 
and  by  turning  this  the  holes  in  the  tube  may  be  kept  open 
or  closed.  The  gas  enters  by  means  of  a  rubber  tubing 
through  the  base.  It  mixes  with  the  air  that  enters  the 
openings  in  the  tube  and  is  burned  at  the  top  of  the  tube. 

1 .  Unscrew  the  tube  of  the  burner  and  examine  the  parts. 
Draw  each  part  and  label  it.  Put  it  together  again  and  light 
the  gas.  To  do  this  light  a  match  and  hold  it  about  two 
inches  above  the  end  of  the  tube,  then  turn  on  the  gas.  If 
a  burner  "  strikes  back  "  and  burns  at  the  base,  shut  off 
the  gas  and  light  again.  The  flame  should  not  be  more  than 
four  inches  high  at  any  time. 

2.  Shut  off  the  air  by  closing  the  holes  at  the  base.  What 
happens  to  the  flame?  Open  the  holes  again  and  admit 
air.  Which  flame  is  best  for  laboratory  work ?  Why?  Put 
one  of  your  splints  into  the  base  of  the  blue  flame  and 
gradually  raise  it.  What  part  of  this  flame  is  the 
hottest  ? 

B.  How  to  Heat  Glass  Apparatus  in  the  Bunsen  Flame. 

1.  To  heat  ivater  in  a  test  tube.  Half  fill  a  test  tube 
with  water,  wipe  the  surface  dry.  Place  the  test  tube  clamp 
about  the  top  of  the  test  tube,  as  directed  by  the  instructor. 
Incline  the  tube  away  from  your  face,  but  not  toward  your 


4  PRELIMINARY  EXPERIMENTS 

neighbor.  Apply  the  heat  near  the  top  of  the  liquid.  Move 
the  tube  about  in  the  hottest  part  of  the  flame,  so  that  it 
may  be  uniformly  heated.  When  the  water  boils,  pour  it 
into  the  sink  and  put  the  tube  away. 

2.  To  boil  a  beaker  of  water.  Place  a  wire  screen  on  the 
ring  of  your  ring  stand.  Place  the  burner  under  the  screen 
and  adjust  the  ring  so  that  the  screen  presses  down  about  one 
inch  of  the  flame.  (Note  the  instructor's  model.)  Half 
fill  the  beaker  with  water,  wipe  the  surface  dry,  and  place 
it  on  the  screen.  If  the  beaker  were  heated  without  the 
screen,  it  would  probably  break.  How  does  the  screen 
prevent  this  ? 

C.     Before  Leaving  the  Laboratory. 

Wash  your  apparatus  and  put  it  away.  Be  sure  to  put 
away  your  screen.  Put  the  burnt  matches  and  other  scraps 
into  the  jars.  Wipe  the  desk  top  with  a  cloth.  Clean  up 
in  this  way  after  every  experiment  hereafter.  Be  sure  to 
lock  your  drawer  and  locker.  The  instructor  must  sign  your 
notes  before  you  leave  the  laboratory.  Bring  these  with 
you  at  the  next  recitation. 

EXPERIMENT   2 

The  Units  of  Length,  Volume,  and  Weight  Used  in  Chemistry 

Reference.     Appendix  in  this  manual. 

Apparatus.     A  meter  stick,  a  short  metric  ruler,  flasks  represent- 
ing 1  1.,  500  cc,  250  cc,  100  cc,  balance. 

Note  to  student:  Take  careful  notes.  Number  and  letter  the  paragraphs 
in  your  notes  to  correspond  to  the  paragraphs  in  the  manual.  If  you  do  not 
understand  the  directions,  ask  the  instructor  for  help.  Have  your  notes 
signed  before  leaving  the  laboratory.  Bring  the  notes  for  discussion  at  the 
next  recitation. 


THE    UNITS   OF  LENGTH,    VOLUME,   AND    WEIGHT  5 

A.  Unit  of  Length. 

The  unit  of  length  most  often  used  in  chemistry  is  the 
centimeter.  Examine  a  meter  stick  and  notice  that  a  meter 
is  more  than  a  yard  long.  How  many  inches  are  there  in  the 
meter  stick  ?  How  many  centimeters  in  the  meter  ?  Draw 
a  line  one  centimeter  long  and  write  the  abbreviation  1  cm. 
over  it.  How  many  millimeters  in  a  centimeter?  Divide 
the  line  you  have  just  drawn  into  millimeters.  What  is  the 
abbreviation  for  a  millimeter?  Using  the  small  ruler 
measure  the  length  of  your  Bunsen  burner  tube  in  centi- 
meters ;  the  diameter  of  the  tube.  Measure  the  length  and 
diameter  of  a  test  tube  and  your  beaker. 

B.  Unit  of  Volume. 

The  cubic  centimeter  is  the  unit  most  often  used.  Its 
abbreviation  is  cc.  Draw  a  cube  with  each  edge  one  centi- 
meter long.  This  represents  a  volume  of  one  cubic  centimeter. 
There  are  one  thousand  cubic  centimeters  in  a  liter.  Ex- 
amine flasks  with  capacities  of  1  1.,  500  cc,  250  cc,  and  100 
cc,  respectively.  From  the  size  of  your  flask,  as  compared 
with  these,  what  do  you  think  is  its  volume  ?  Measure  1  cc. 
of  water  in  your  graduated  cylinder ;  measure  50  cc.  (Read 
the  lower  part  of  the  curved  surface  always.)  Now,  using 
the  graduate,  fill  the  flask  and  measure  its  volume.  In  like 
manner  measure  the  volume  of  your  beaker  and  test  tube. 

C.  Unit  of  Weight. 

The  gram  is  the  common  unit  of  weight.  Its  abbreviation 
is  g.  Imagine  the  cube  you  have  drawn  in  B  to  represent 
one  cubic  centimeter  filled  with  water.  The  weight  of  this 
water  would  be  about  one  gram.  There  are  one  thousand 
grams  in  a  kilogram.     If  one  cubic  centimeter  of  water 


6  PRELIMINARY  EXPERIMENTS 

weighs  one  gram,  how  many  grams  of  water  will  your  flask 
hold  ?  your  beaker  ?  your  test  tube  ?  Learn  how  to  use  the 
balance,  then  weigh  your  beaker. 

Note :  Return  the  meter  sticks  and  rulers  to  the  distributing  table.  Put 
away  your  apparatus.     Clean  and  lock  your  desk  as  usual. 

D.     Problems. 

1.  A  tank  is  500  cm.  long,  200  cm.  wide,  and  90  cm.  deep. 
How  many  cubic  centimeters  of  water  will  it  hold  ? 

2.  If  one  cubic  centimeter  of  water  weighs  one  gram, 
how  many  grams  of  water  will  the  tank  in  problem  1 
hold? 

3.  A  potato  weighs  9  ounces.  How  many  grams  does  it 
weigh  ? 

4.  What  is  your  own  weight  in  kilograms? 


EXPERIMENT   3 
How  to  Make  Simple  Apparatus  from  Glass  Tubing 

Materials.    Soft  glass  tubing,  external  diameter  5  mm.  or  6  mm. 

(about  1  of  an  inch). 
Apparatus.     Triangular  file,  fish-tail  attachment  for  the  Bunsen 

burner,  meter  stick  or  ruler,  a  Bunsen  burner. 

Note  to  student:  The  laboratory  notes  will  be  mere  statements  of  what 
you  did. 

Note  to  teacher:  Before  entering  the  laboratory,  show  the  students  how 
to  cut,  bend,  round  sharp  edges,  and  seal  glass  tubes. 

A.    To  Make  a  Glass  Elbow  or  Delivery  Tube. 

Glass  elbows  or  delivery  tubes  are  simple  pieces  of  appa- 
ratus used  to  conduct  gases  from  one  vessel  to  another.  To 
make  a  short  one :  (1)  Cut  off  a  piece  of  glass  tubing  15 


HOW  TO  MAKE  SIMPLE  APPARATUS  FROM  GLASS  TUBING     7 

cm.  long  (about  6  inches).  (2)  Bend  at  right  angles  in  the 
middle  and  (3)  smooth  each  end.  Follow  the  instructor's 
directions  as  closely  as  possible. 

1.  To  cut  a  glass  tube,  place  it  on  the  table,  measure  off 
the  required  length,  and  at  this  point  make  a  scratch  with 
the  triangular  file.  Pick  up  the  tube  with  both  hands. 
Place  thumbs  on  both  sides  of  the  scratch  and  opposite  it. 
Press  up  with  the  thumbs  and  down  with  the  hands.  The 
break  should  be  even. 

2.  To  bend  a  glass  tube,  hold  it  lengthwise  in  the  flat 
flame  produced  by  the  fish-tail  attachment.  Rotate  it  con- 
stantly until  it  is  soft,  then  take  it  from  the  flame  and  bend 
it  at  right  angles.  Hold  it  so  until  it  hardens.  The  bend 
should  be  smooth.  Show  it  to  the  instructor  for  approval  or 
advice  before  making  a  new  one. 

3.  The  elbow  cannot  be  used  as  it  is  because  the  sharp 
ends  would  cut  the  rubber  stopper.  Make  each  end  smooth 
by  heating  it  in  the  ordinary  Bunsen  burner  flame  till  the 
glass  begins  to  melt  slightly. 

4.  Make  a  long,  glass  elbow  in  the  same  way,  using  about 
30  cm.  of  tubing,  making  the  bend  about  8  cm.  from 
one  end.  This  also  should  be  approved  before  it  is  put 
away. 

B.   To  Make  a  Stirring  Rod. 

Cut  off  a  piece  of  glass  rod  about  25  cm.  in  length.  Heat 
the  ends  in  a  Bunsen  flame  till  they  are  soft  and  round. 
Place  it  on  the  iron  base  of  your  ring  stand  to  cool.  Never 
put  any  hot  glass  or  hot  apparatus  on  the  top  of  the  table. 
After  your  rod  has  been  approved  put  it  away.  Have  your 
notes  signed. 


8  PRELIMINARY  EXPERIMENTS 

EXPERIMENT    4 

Physical  and  Chemical  Changes 

Materials.     Granulated  cane  sugar. 

Apparatus.     Beaker,  test  tube,  mortar  and  pestle,  Bunsen  burner, 
ring  stand,  wire  screen,  test  tube  holder. 

Note  to  teacher :  It  is  convenient  to  measure  out  the  proper  amount  of 
material  on  squares  of  paper  on  the  distributing  table  ready  for  the  students. 
This  saves  a  great  deal  of  time  and  material. 

A.   How  Sugar  May  Be  Changed. 

1.  Take  a  clean  dry  test  tube  and  obtain  about  10  grams 
of  sugar  from  the  distributing  table.  (Note  :  Be  careful  not 
to  spill  material  on  the  distributing  table  —  if  you  do,  clean 
it  up.  Hold  the  stopper  of  the  bottle  in  your  hand  and  re- 
place it  when  you  are  through.)  Carefully  note  the  proper- 
ties of  the  sugar,  its  crystalline  form,  its  hardness,  color,  and 
taste.  How  could  you  distinguish  it  from  table  salt  ?  What 
then  is  its  most  characteristic  property  ? 

2.  Put  about  half  of  your  sugar  in  a  clean  mortar  and  grind 
it  till  it  is  a  powder.  Taste  it.  Is  it  still  sugar?  Has  its 
characteristic  property  been  changed  by  grinding?  This  is 
a  physical  change,  because  the  composition  of  the  substance 
is  unchanged,  as  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  no  change  in  the 
characteristic  properties  has  occurred. 

3.  Fill  your  beaker  one  fourth  full  of  water  and  add  the 
powdered  sugar  from  the  mortar.  Stir  with  your  stirring 
rod  until  the  sugar  is  dissolved.  Taste  the  solution.  Has  the 
sugar  been  destroyed?  What  has  happened  to  it?  This  is 
a  physical  change. 

4.  Heat  the  remainder  of  the  sugar  in  a  dry  test  tube 
until  it  stops  smoking.    Note  every  change  carefully.    When 


ELEMENTS,   COMPOUNDS,   MIXTURES  9 

no  further  change  takes  place,  cool  the  tube,  break  it,  and 
examine  the  substance  remaining  in  the  tube.  What  is  its 
form,  its  hardness,  color,  and  taste?  Will  it  dissolve  in 
water  ?  Try  it.  Has  the  substance  any  properties  of  sugar  ? 
This  is  a  chemical  ">  change,  because  the  composition  is 
changed  and  a  new  substance  is  formed,  having  new  prop- 
erties. 

B.  How  Other  Substances  May  Be  Changed. 

Tear  a  piece  of  paper  into  bits.  Is  the  change  physical 
or  chemical?  Why?  Burn  a  piece  of  paper.  Describe 
the  change.     Is  it  a  physical  or  a  chemical  change  ? 

C.  Some  Changes  We  See  Every  Day. 

Are  the  following  changes  physical,  or  chemical,  or  both? 
Give  a  reason  for  your  answer  in  each  case.  1.  The  souring 
of  milk.  2.  Making  a  batter  from  flour,  milk,  and  eggs. 
3.  Baking  bread.  4.  Making  candy.  5.  Beating  an  egg. 
6.  Boiling  an  egg.  7.  Freezing  cream  in  making  ice  cream. 
8.   Tarnishing  of  copper. 

Note :  Have  your  notes  signed. 

EXPERIMENT   5 
Elements,  Compounds,  Mixtures 

Materials.  Sulfur,  about  5-gram  portions,  magnesium  ribbon, 
3  cm.  strips,  mixture  of  equal  parts  powdered  sugar  and  sulfur, 
10-gram  portions,  Shaker  Salt  10-gram  portions. 

Apparatus.  Evaporating  dish,  forceps,  Bunsen  burner,  filter 
paper,  funnel,  stirring  rod,  two  beakers. 

Note  to  teacher :  Before  entering  the  laboratory,  show  how  to  fold  a  filter 
and  the  correct  method  of  filtering. 

Note  to  student:  Take  careful  notes  and  have  them  signed  before  leaving 
laboratory. 


10  PRELIMINARY  EXPERIMENTS 

A.  Elements. 

1.  Obtain  5  grams  of  sulfur  in  a  test  tube.  Examine  it 
carefully.  What  are  its  chief  physical  properties,  i.e.  color, 
odor,  taste.  Try  to  dissolve  a  little  in  a  test  tube  half  full 
of  water.  Is  it  soluble  in  water?  Is  sulfur  a  metallic  or  a 
non-metallic  element?  Can  you  find  in  the  Appendix  the 
names  of  three  common  non-metallic  elements? 

2.  Obtain  a  piece  of  magnesium  ribbon  about  3  cm.  long. 
Notice  its  color  and  weight,  its  luster,  and  its  flexibility.  Is 
it  a  metallic  or  a  non-metallic  element  ?  Give  the  names  of 
three  common  metals  and  give  a  use  for  each. 

3.  Repeat  2,  using  aluminum  instead  of  magnesium. 

4.  Now  tell  in  your  own  words  what  an  element  is. 

B.  Compounds. 

1.  Place  a  little  sulfur  about  the  size  of  a  pea  in  your 
evaporating  dish.  Heat  the  sulfur  by  means  of  the  burner 
flame  till  it  burns.  Very  carefully  note  the  odor.  Is  this 
a  physical  or  chemical  change  ?  We  have  noted  the  physical 
properties  of  sulfur  in  A,  1 .  We  have  now  observed  one 
chemical  property  of  sulfur.  What  is  it?  The  gas  that  is 
formed  when  sulfur  is  burned  is  sulfur  dioxide.  It  is  a  com- 
pound. 

2.  By  means  of  the  iron  forceps  hold  the  piece  of  mag- 
nesium ribbon  in  the  flame.  Result?  What  is  formed? 
Has  the  new  compound  any  of  the  properties  of  the  metal 
magnesium  or  the  gas  oxygen  from  which  it  was  formed? 
In  general, what  is  formed  when  an  element  burns  in  the  air? 
Give  a  chemical  property  of  magnesium. 

3.  Repeat  2,  using  aluminum  instead  of  magnesium. 
What  is  formed?     Give  a  chemical  property  of  aluminum. 


ELEMENTS,   COMPOUNDS,   MIXTURES  11 

4.  Is  sugar  an  element  or  a  compound?  How  did  you 
prove  this  in  the  preceding  experiment?  What  is  one  ele- 
ment in  it?  Consult  the  textbook  and  find  out  the  other 
elements  in  sugar.  What  are  the  elements  in  table  salt 
(sodium  chloride)  ?  in  water  ? 

5.  What  is  a  compound  ? 

C.    Mixtures. 

1.  A  well-known  remedy  for  sore  throat  consists  of  a  mix- 
ture of  equal  parts  of  sulfur  and  powdered  sugar.  Obtain 
from  the  instructor  about  ten  grams  of  this  remedy  in  your 
beaker.  Fill  the  beaker  half  full  of  water  and  boil  for  about 
one  minute,  stirring  occasionally.  Which  constituent  of 
the  remedy  will  dissolve?  Which  one  will  not?  Remove 
the  beaker  from  the  ring  stand  and  filter.  The  solid  will 
remain  on  the  paper  and  the  liquid  will  pass  through  it. 

To  prepare  a  filter  paper  fold  it  once  and  then  again  at 
right  angles  to  the  straight  edge.  Open  the  paper  as  a  cone, 
with  a  triple  layer  of  paper  on  one  side  and  a  single  layer  on 
the  other.  Place  it  in  the  funnel  and  moisten  it  well  with 
water.  The  paper  should  not  come  to  the  top  of  the  funnel. 
Place  the  funnel  in  the  ring  of  the  ring  stand.  Place  the 
other  beaker  under  the  funnel.  Adjust  the  ring  so  that 
the  stem  of  the  funnel  extends  into  the  beaker  about  one 
inch.  To  pour  the  liquid  from  the  beaker  into  the  funnel 
without  spilling  it  hold  the  glass  rod  lightly  against  the  rim 
of  the  beaker.  -The  liquid  will  flow  down  the  rod.  The 
liquid  that  goes  through  the  filter  paper  is  called  the 
filtrate. 

Taste  the  filtrate.  Where  is  the  sugar?  Where  is  the 
sulfur  ?     If  a  mixture  consists  of  two  substances,  one  soluble 


12  OXYGEN  AND  HYDROGEN 

in  water  and  one  insoluble,  what  is  the  general  method  of 
separating  them  ? 

2.  "Shaker  Salt"  is  pure  sodium  chloride  (table  salt)  to 
which  has  been  added  a  little  starch  to  keep  it  dry.  Starch 
is  not  soluble  in  water.  Obtain  ten  grams  of  "Shaker 
Salt."  Stir  it  into  half  a  beaker  of  cold  water.  Is  starch 
present  ? 

3.  Now  define  a  mixture  clearly. 

II.    OXYGEN    AND    HYDROGEN 

EXPERIMENT    6 
Ways  of  Freeing  and  Collecting  Oxygen 

Materials.  Powdered  potassium  chlorate  8-gram  portions, 
splints  (about  the  size  of  a  match  and  7  inches  long), 
powdered  manganese  dioxide  2-gram  portions. 

Apparatus.  Bunsen  burner,  test  tubes,  gas  bottles,  pneumatic 
trough,  glass  plates. 

A.   How  to  Obtain  Oxygen. 

1.  Oxygen  is  the  gas  in  the  air  which  makes  a  fire  burn. 
The  air  would  be  an  excellent  source  of  oxygen  if  it  did  not 
have  so  much  nitrogen  mixed  with  it.  It  is  difficult  to  re- 
move the  nitrogen  and  leave  the  oxygen. 

2.  The  compound  potassium  chlorate,  KCIO3,  is  the  most 
convenient  source  of  oxygen.  Obtain  8  grams  of  powdered 
potassium  chlorate  and  2  grains  of  manganese  dioxide. 
Divide  the  potassium  chlorate  into  two  equal  parts.  Put 
one  part  (4  grams)  in  a  clean,  dry  test  tube.  Mix  the  other 
part  (4  grams)  on  a  piece  of  paper  with  2  grams  of  manganese 
dioxide  (half  as  much),  using  the  stirring  rod.  Then  put 
it  into  a  clean,  dry  test  tube  of  the  same  size  as  the  first. 


WAYS  OF  FREEING  AND  COLLECTING  OXYGEN  13 

3.  Heat  the  first  tube  gently  and  with  a  glowing  splint 
test  for  oxygen.  If  oxygen  is  present,  the  glowing  splint  will 
burst  into  flame.  Now  heat  the  tube  intensely  and  test  for 
oxygen.  What  effect  has  increased  heat?  When  oxygen  is 
no  longer  given  off,  a  new  compound,  potassium  chloride, 
remains  in  the  tube. 

4.  Now  heat  the  second  tube  containing  the  mixture  of 

potassium  chlorate  and  manganese  dioxide. 

Important:  If  this  mixture  sparks  (gives  flashes  of  light),  call  the  instructor 
to  look  at  it.  It  means  that  the  manganese  dioxide  contains  carbon  and  is  not 
safe  to  use  in  the  next  experiment.     Small  sparks  are  due  to  dust. 

Test  with  the  glowing  splint  as  before.  The  manganese 
dioxide  undergoes  no  change.  It  causes  the  potassium 
chlorate  to  give  up  its  oxygen  at  a  lower  temperature.  It 
increases  the  speed  of  the  reaction.  What  is  such  a  sub- 
stance called?  (Consult  your  textbook.)  When  oxygen  is 
given  off  no  longer,  what  is  left  in  the  test  tube  ? 

Note :  To  clean  the  test  tubes  in  3  and  4  fill  them  with  water  and  let 
them  stand  overnight. 

B.   How  to  Collect  Oxygen  and  Other  Gases. 

1.  The  most  convenient  method  to  collect  a  gas  is  by  dis- 
placing water.  Obtain  a  pneumatic  trough  and  half  fill  it 
with  water.  Fill  one  of  your  gas  bottles  with  water  and  slip 
a  glass  plate  over  the  mouth,  being  careful  to  exclude  all  air 
bubbles.  Hold  the  plate  in  place,  invert  the  bottle  in  the 
water,  and  remove  the  plate.  Raise  the  bottle  a  little  ;  never 
lift  the  mouth  of  the  bottle  out  of  water.  Why  does  the 
water  stay  in  the  bottle?  Hold  the  bottle  in  this  position 
and  fill  it  with  air  from  the  lungs  by  inserting  one  end  of  a 
rubber  delivery  tube  in  the  mouth  of  the  bottle  and  care- 
fully blowing  through  the  other  end. 

When  the  bottle  is  full  of  gas,  cover  its  mouth  with  a  glass 


14  OXYGEN  AND   HYDROGEN 

plate  (still  under  water),  remove  from  the  water,  and  place 
it  on  the  desk.  A  bottle  of  gas  so  covered  is  placed  right 
side  up  if  the  gas  is  heavier  than  air,  or  upside  down  if  the 
gas  is  lighter  than  air. 

2.  A  liter  of  air  weighs  1.29  grams.  A  liter  of  oxygen 
weighs  1.43  grams.  (See  Appendix.)  How  then  should  a 
bottle  of  oxygen  be  placed  ? 

3.  A  liter  of  hydrogen  weighs  .09  gram.  Would  you 
place  the  bottle  upside  down  or  right  side  up  in  this  case  in 
order  to  keep  the  hydrogen  in  the  bottle  the  longest  possible 
time? 

4.  The  gas  carbon  dioxide  is  soluble  in  water.  It  is  heavier 
than  air.     How  would  you  collect  it  ?     How  place  the  bottle  ? 

5.  The  gas  ammonia  is  also  very  soluble  in  water.  It  is 
lighter  than  air.  How  would  you  collect  it?  How  place 
the  bottle? 

EXPERIMENT    7 

Preparation  and  Properties  of  Oxygen 

Note  to  teacher:  Each  student  understands  that  work  in  the  laboratory 
must  be  done  alone  unless  otherwise  directed  by  you.  Unless  the  laboratory 
periods  are  very  long  it  has  been  found  more  satisfactory  to  allow  two  students 
to  work  together  on  this  experiment.  Discuss  the  experiment  briefly  and  show 
how  the  apparatus  is  set  up  before  students  enter  the  laboratory.  Place  the 
"  set  up  "  in  the  laboratory  so  that  they  may  use  it  as  a  model. 

Materials.  20  grams  powdered  potassium  chlorate  and  2 
grams  of  manganese  dioxide  mixed,  pine  splints,  sulfur  1- 
gram  portions,  iron  picture  wire  15  cm.  long. 

Apparatus.  Pneumatic  trough,  four  gas  bottles  (about  250  cc. 
each),  four  cover  glasses,  rubber  delivery  tube,  short  glass 
elbow,  rubber  stopper  to  fit  large,  hard-glass  test  tube,  Bunsen 
burner,  ring  stand,  test  tube  ciamp,  combustion  cup. 


PREPARATION  AND  PROPERTIES  OF  OXYGEN  15 

A.   Preparation  of  Oxygen  —  Laboratory  Method. 

1.  Fill  the  pneumatic  trough  about  half  full  of  water. 
Fill  four  gas  bottles  with  water,  cover  them,  and  invert  in  the 
trough  as  directed  in  Experiment  6,  B.  If  a  bottle  has  an 
air  bubble,  fill  it  again  and  invert. 

2.  Attach  the  rubber  delivery  tube  to  the  short  glass 
elbow,  put  the  elbow  into  the  one-hole  stopper,  and  fit  the 
stopper  into  the  large,  hard-glass  test  tube.  If  it  does  not 
fit  well,  exchange  it  for  one  that  does.  All  joints  must  be 
tight  or  the  oxygen  will  escape  into  the  air.  Attach  the 
test  tube  clamp  to  the  ring  stand  and  support  the  test  tube 
in  a  slanting  position.  Do  not  pinch  the  tube  tightly  or  it 
will  break  when  you  heat  it. 

3.  Obtain  a  mixture  of  20  grams  of  potassium  chlorate 
and  2  grams  of  manganese  dioxide.  Put  into  the  hard-glass 
test  tube,  replace  the  stopper,  and  heat  the  mixture  gently, 
at  first  holding  the  burner  in  the  hand  and  moving  the  flame 
up  and  down  on  the  tube.  Put  the  end  of  the  delivery  tube 
in  the  water.  The  first  bubbles  are  small  and  irregular 
bubbles  of  air.  Soon  large  bubbles  of  oxygen  should  be 
evolved.  Heat  more  gently  if  the  gas  comes  too  rapidly. 
Collect  four  bottles  of  gas. 

Caution :  Remove  the  delivery  tube  before  you  stop  heating  or  the  water 
will  be  drawn  back  into  the  hot  test  tube  and  break  it.  Why  will  the  water  be 
drawn  back  in  this  way  ? 

4.  What  substance  produced  the  oxygen?  Why  was 
the  manganese  dioxide  used?  Write  in  words  the  equation 
for  the  reaction  that  took  place  thus : 

Potassium  Chlorate + heat — ^Potassium  Chloride + Oxygen 
KC103  +heat— >■  KC1  +30 


16  OXYGEN  AND  HYDROGEN 

Since  the  manganese  dioxide  was  not  changed  in  any  way,  it 
would  not  appear  in  the  equation. 

B.  Physical  Properties  of  Oxygen. 

The  physical  properties  of  a  gas  are  its  color,  odor,  taste, 
its  solubility  in  water,  and  its  weight  as  compared  with  air. 

1 .  Uncover  a  bottle  of  oxygen,  smell  it,  and  inhale  some  of 
it  through  the  mouth.  Has  it  any  odor  or  taste?  Has  it 
any  color?  Is  it  soluble  in  water?  Is  it  heavier  or  lighter 
than  air?     Recall  Experiment  6,  B,  2. 

2.  Summarize  the  physical  properties  of  oxygen. 

C.  Chemical  Properties  of  Oxygen. 

Chemical  properties  are  those  that  are  shown  where  a 
substance  undergoes  a  chemical  change. 

1.  Thrust  a  glowing  splint  into  a  bottle  of  oxygen.  Re- 
move it,  blow  out  the  flame,  and  thrust  it  in  again.  Do  this 
as  many  times  as  you  can.  After  a  while  the  stick  will  not 
burst  into  flame.  Why?  Does  oxygen  burn?  Does  it 
support  combustion  (make  other  things  burn)  ?  What  gas 
is  now  in  the  bottle?  WTas  this  a  physical  or  chemical 
change?     Write  in  words  the  equation  for  the  reaction. 

2.  Obtain  1  gram  of  sulfur  in  your  evaporating  dish. 
Place  half  of  this  in  your  combustion  cup.  Hold  it  over  the 
flame  until  it  starts  to  burn.  Notice  the  color  and  size  of 
the  flame.  What  is  the  gas  formed  when  sulfur  burns  in 
air  or  in  oxygen?  Thrust  it  quickly  into  a  bottle  of  oxygen. 
Notice  the  change  in  the  flame.  What  is  the  gas  formed? 
Write  the  equation  in  words  to  show  what  took  place.  Was 
this  a  physical  or  chemical  change  ? 

3.  Fray  one  end  of  a  piece  of  iron  picture  wire.  Heat  the 
frayed  end  and  then  dip  it  into  the  sulfur  in  your  evaporating 


WHAT   TAKES  PLACE  WHEN  A  SUBSTANCE  BURNS      17 

dish.  The  wire  is  frayed  and  dipped  in  sulfur  in  order  that 
it  may  start  to  burn  more  readily.  Hold  the  wire  in  the 
flame  till  the  sulfur  burns,  then  thrust  it  into  a  bottle  of  oxy- 
gen. Result?  Will  iron  burn  in  the  air?  What  new  sub- 
stance was  formed  in  the  bottle?  What  kind  of  change 
took  place?  Write  in  words  the  equation  for  the  reaction 
that  took  place.  When  a  substance  burns  in  oxygen,  what 
is  always  formed  ? 

4.   From  these  tests  what  is  the  chief  chemical  property 
of  oxygen  ? 

Note:    Empty  the  pneumatic  troughs  and  return  them.     Burn  the  sulfur 
out  of  the  combustion  cup  before  returning  it. 


EXPERIMENT   8 
What  Takes  Place  When  a  Substance  Burns 

Note :  This  should  be  a  class  experiment  if  hoods  are  not  available  or  if  the 
class  is  large.    It  is  a  dangerous  experiment. 

Materials.  Yellow  phosphorus,  red  phosphorus,  sulfur  (small 
amounts  about  the  size  of  a  pea),  sulfur  matches,  parlor  matches, 
safety  matches. 

Apparatus.     Bunsen  burner,  asbestos  mat,  forceps. 

A.   Slow  Oxidation. 

1.  Half  fill  your  evaporating  dish  with  water  and  take 
it  to  the  instructor  for  a  piece  of  yellow  phosphorus  the  size 
of  a  pea.  Lift  it  out  of  the  dish  with  the  forceps  and  place 
it  upon  your  asbestos  mat.  Take  Care  !  Do  not  Touch 
It  with  the  Fingers.  What  are  its  physical  properties? 
As  soon  as  the  phosphorus  becomes  dry,  do  heavy  white 
fumes  arise?  What  are  these  fumes?  Do  you  notice  any 
light  or  heat  ?     What  is  taking  place  ? 


18  OXYGEN  AND   HYDROGEN 

2.  When  iron  rusts,  what  is  formed  ?  Is  there  any  notice- 
able light  or  heat  ?     What  is  this  process  called  ? 

B.  Rapid  Oxidation  or  Burning  (Hood). 

1 .  Carefully  place  a  small  amount  (about  the  size  of  a  pea) 
of  sulfur  one  inch  from  the  phosphorus.  About  the  same 
distance  away  place  a  small  amount  of  red  phosphorus. 
The  same  distance  away  place  a  piece  of  pine  splint.  Raise 
the  temperature  of  all  by  slowly  heating  with  the  burner 
turned  low.  Stand  back  and  observe  the  order  in  which 
the  substances  take  fire  and  burn. 

2.  Explain  what  takes  place  when  a  substance  burns  in 
the  air. 

3.  What  is  meant  by  the  kindling  temperature  of  a  sub- 
stance ? 

4.  Why  is  phosphorus  kept  under  water? 

5.  Why  was  the  untwisted  picture  wire  tipped  in  sulfur 
before  putting  it  in  oxygen  to  burn  ? 

6.  Why  are  paper  and  kindling  wood  used  to  build  a  coal 
or  wood  fire  ? 

7.  Lacking  kindling  wood,  kerosene  is  sometimes  poured 
upon  the  coal  or  wood.     Is  this  safe?     Why? 

C.  The  Study  of  Matches. 

1.  Examine  the  head  of  a  sulfur  match.  The  color,  usually 
red,  is  merely  a  dye.  Rub  the  head  upon  your  moist  hands 
in  the  dark.  What  causes  the  glowing  streak?  Smell  the 
match  head  after  rubbing  it  on  your  hand.  W7hat  is  in  the 
tip  of  the  match?  Remembering  the  color  of  sulfur,  see  if 
you  can  observe  sulfur  on  the  wood  next  to  the  match  head. 
Rub  a  match  on  a  rough  surface.  What  takes  fire  first? 
What  produces  the  heat  to  raise  it  to  its  kindling  tempera- 


PREPARATION  AND  PROPERTIES  OF  HYDROGEN        19 

ture  ?  What  burns  last  ?  What  produces  the  heat  to  make 
it  catch  fire?  Name  in  order  the  substances  in  a  sulfur 
match  that  burn,  beginning  with  the  one  that  has  the  lowest 
kindling  temperature. 

2.  Examine  a  parlor  match  in  like  manner.  What  is  used 
in  place  of  the  sulfur  in  this  match?  Name  in  order  the 
substances  in  a  parlor  match  that  burn,  beginning  with  the 
one  that  has  the  lowest  kindling  temperature. 

3.  WThat  is  a  safety  match?  Why  is  it  safe?  Where 
must  it  be  scratched  ? 

Caution:  Be  sure  that  all  of  the  phosphorus  is  burned  from  your  mat  before 
you  put  it  away.  See  that  no  phosphorus  clings  to  the  forceps.  If  you  have 
any  unused  sulfur  matches  or  parlor  matches,  return  them ;  it  is  not  safe 
to  put  them  away  in  the  drawer  or  locker. 

EXPERIMENT   9 
Preparation  and  Properties  of  Hydrogen 

Note  to  teacher :  Before  the  students  enter  the  laboratory  discuss  the  ex- 
periment briefly  and  show  how  the  apparatus  is  set  up.  Leave  your  "  set  up" 
before  them  as  a  model.     Supervise  closely,  to  avoid  explosions. 

Materials.     Granulated    zinc     10-gram    portions,    splint,    dilute 

sulfuric  acid. 
Apparatus.     A  250-cc.   Florence  flask,  two-holed  stopper,  short 

elbow,  delivery  tube,  pneumatic  trough,  four  gas  bottles,  beaker, 

two  test  tubes,  and  a  safety  tube. 

A.   The  Usual  Method  of  Preparing  Hydrogen  by  Action  of  a  Metal  on 
an  Acid. 

1.    Carefully  slip  10  grams  of  zinc  into  your  flask;  insert 

the  stopper  containing  the  safety  tube  and  delivery  tube. 

Keep  the  flask  in  an  upright  position  by  clamping  it  to  the 

ring  stand.     Half  fill  the  pneumatic  trough  with  water  and 

invert  in  it  four  gas  bottles  filled  with  water,  as  in  the  case  of 


20  OXYGEN  AND  HYDROGEN 

oxygen.  Have  the  four  cover  glasses  near  the  trough  ready 
for  use  when  the  bottles  are  full.  Also  fill  two  test  tubes 
with  water  and  invert  them  in  the  trough.  (They  may  lie 
in  the  water  on  the  bottom  of  the  trough  till  you  are  ready 
for  them.)  Remove  the  stopper  from  a  bottle  of  sulfuric 
acid  by  grasping  it  between  the  first  two  fingers  of  the  right 
hand,  palm  up.  Pick  up  the  bottle  with  the  same  hand  and 
pour  acid  into  the  thistle  tube.  Just  touch  the  mouth  of 
the  bottle  to  the  lip  of  the  tube.  Pour  in  acid  till  the  zinc  is 
covered.  Then  replace  the  bottle  and  the  stopper.  Always 
follow  these  directions  when  pouring  a  liquid  from  a  bottle. 
Never  put  the  stopper  on  the  table  or  shelf,  and  if  too  much 
liquid  is  taken,  never  return  any  to  the  bottle.  Keep  it  in  a 
labeled  test  tube  for  future  use  or  throw  it  into  the  sink. 

If  hydrogen  comes  from  the  acid  very  slowly,  add  through 
the  thistle  tube  5  or  10  cc.  of  copper  sulfate  solution.  Why 
does  this  increase  the  action?  Be  sure  that  the  apparatus 
is  air  tight. 

2.  Light  the  Bunsen  burner.  Caution  !  Keep  it  some 
distance  from  the  apparatus,  because  at  first  the  hydrogen 
is  mixed  with  air  and  the  mixture  is  explosive. 

3.  Allow  the  gas  to  escape  into  the  air  for  about  one 
minute,  then  collect  a  test  tube  of  it.  Put  the  thumb  over 
the  mouth  of  it  and  bring  the  tube,  mouth  downward,  to 
the  flame.  If  it  explodes,  the  hydrogen  is  still  mixed  with 
air.  Collect  another  test  tube  and  try  again.  When  the 
gas  burns  with  a  little  puff  at  first,  it  is  ready  to  be  collected 
in  the  gas  bottles.  Collect  four  bottles  of  hydrogen ;  cover 
them  and  invert  them  on  the  desk.  If  the  action  stops  before 
the  bottles  are  filled ,  add  a  little  more  acid.  Why  remove 
the  deliverv  tube  from  the  water  ? 


PREPARATION  AND  PROPERTIES  OF  HYDROGEN        21 

4.  Where  does  the  hydrogen  come  from?  What  was  the 
use  of  the  zinc  ?     Could  any  other  metal  have  been  used  ? 

B.  Physical  Properties  of  Hydrogen. 

1 .  Examine  a  bottle  of  hydrogen ;  note  its  color,  taste, 
and  odor.     (There  may  be  a  slight  odor  due  to  an  impurity.) 

2.  Is  it  soluble  in  water?     How  do  you  know? 

3.  Uncover  a  bottle  of  hydrogen ;  hold  it  mouth  upward 
while  you  count  thirty,  then  test  for  hydrogen.  Explain  the 
results.     Is  the  gas  heavier  or  lighter  than  air? 

C.  Chemical  Properties. 

Hold  a  bottle  of  hydrogen  mouth  downward  and  quickly 
thrust  a  blazing  splint  into  the  bottle.  Withdraw  the  splint 
and  insert  it  again.  Does  the  hydrogen  burn  ?  If  so,  where  ? 
Does  the  splint  burn  when  in  the  bottle?  when  out  of  the 
bottle?  Does  hydrogen  support  combustion?  Feel  the 
neck  of  the  bottle.  Describe  and  explain.  What  proper- 
ties of  hydrogen  are  shown  by  this  experiment  ? 

D.  What  Remains  in  the  Flask. 

1.  Pour  the  liquid  from  the  flask  into  a  beaker.  Return 
the  pieces  of  zinc  to  the  instructor.  Put  the  beaker  in  the 
locker  until  the  next  laboratory  period.  Then  examine  the 
contents  of  the  beaker.  What  are  the  crystals?  Did  a 
physical  or  chemical  change  take  place  ? 

2.  The  equation  for  the  reaction  is  as  follows  : 

Sulfuric  Acid + Zinc  — >-  Zinc  Sulfate + Hydrogen 
H2S04     +    Zn — >■      ZnS04       +      2H 

Hereafter,  all  equations  will  be  written  in  this  manner  — 
first  in  words,  then  using  formulas  for  the  compounds  and 
symbols  for  the  elements.     What  are  the  compounds  in  the 


22  OXYGEN  AND   HYDROGEN 

reaction  ?  Name  each,  and  give  the  formulas  for  each. 
What  is  the  metallic  element?  Give  its  symbol.  What  is 
the  non-metallic  element?     Give  its  symbol. 

EXPERIMENT    10 

(Class  Experiment) 

Two  Other  Methods  of  Preparing  Hydrogen 

Note :  In  A  4  be  sure  that  the  tin  foil  is  wrapped  so  tightly  about  the  sodium 
that  no  air  is  included  or  an  explosion  may  result. 

Materia.".     Sodium,  potassium,  sulfuric  acid,  distilled  water. 

Apparatus.  Pneumatic  trough,  knife,  tin  foil,  iron  or  copper 
wire,  250  cc.  gas  bottle,  glass  plate,  Hoffman  apparatus,  stor- 
age battery. 

A.   By  the  Action  of  Metals  on  Water. 

1.  Note  the  physical  properties  of  sodium  and  potassium. 

2.  Cut  off  a  piece  of  sodium  the  size  of  a  pea  and  throw  it 
upon  the  water  in  the  pneumatic  trough.  What  is  the  re- 
sult?    Explain. 

3.  Repeat,  using  potassium  instead  of  sodium.  Note  the 
results.     Explain. 

4.  With  the  sharp  end  of  a  file  punch  small  holes  in  a 
piece  of  tin  foil  and  wrap  it  firmly  around  a  piece  of  sodium 
about  the  size  of  a  large  bean.  Fill  a  250  cc.  gas  bottle  with 
water  and  invert  it  in  the  trough.  Raise  the  bottle  slightly 
and  by  means  of  a  wire  quickly  thrust  the  sodium  under 
the  mouth  of  the  bottle.  When  the  bottle  is  full  of  gas,  con- 
tinue to  hold  the  sodium  under  water  till  the  action  ceases. 
Then  cover  the  bottle  with  a  glass  plate  and  remove  from  the 
water.  Bring  a  flame  to  the  bottle  and  uncover  it.  Explain 
the  results. 


TWO   OTHER   METHODS   OF  PREPARING  HYDROGEN      23 

5.  What  is  the  gas?  Where  did  it  come  from?  Why 
was  the  flame  colored  yellow  in  this  case?  Now  explain 
the  flame  when  potassium  was  thrown  on  the  water. 

6.  What  method  of  preparing  hydrogen  is  shown  by  this 
experiment?     What  is  one  of  the  elements  in  water? 

7.  Test  the  water  with  pink  litmus.  What  is  dissolved 
in  the  water?  Write  a  word-and-symbol  equation  to  show 
what  has  taken  place. 

B.   By  the  Action  of  the  Electric  Current  on  Water. 

1.  Fill  a  clean  Hoffman  apparatus  with  pure  distilled 
water.  Connect  the  platinum  terminals  with  an  electric 
battery.  Is  a  gas  given  off  at  either  terminal?  Does  pure 
water  conduct  an  electric  current  ? 

2.  Fill  the  Hoffman  apparatus  with  water  containing  10 
per  cent  of  sulfuric  acid,  so  that  the  water  in  the  reservoir 
tube  stands  a  short  distance  above  the  gas  tubes  after  the 
stop-cock  in  each  has  been  closed.  Connect  the  platinum 
terminal  wires  with  the  battery.  Allow  the  current  to  oper- 
ate until  the  smaller  volume  of  gas  is  from  8  to  10  cm. 
in  height.     Measure  the  height  of  each  gas  column. 

3.  Hold  a  glowing  splint  over  the  tube  containing  the 
smaller  quantity  of  gas.  What  is  the  gas  that  collects  at  the 
positive  electrode  (anode)  ?  Open  the  other  stop-cock  to 
force  out  the  water  in  the  glass  tip,  then  hold  a  lighted  match 
at  the  end  of  the  tip.  What  is  the  gas  that  collects  at  the 
negative  electrode  (cathode)  ?  Make  a  drawing  showing 
the  anode  and  cathode  and  the  relative  volume  of  gases  col- 
lected over  each. 

4.  If  the  current  were  allowed  to  flow  long  enough,  all  the 
water  would  be  used  up.     The  sulfuric  acid  would  remain. 


24  WATER 

What  is  the  use  of  the  sulfuric  acid  ?     Could  any  other  sub- 
stance have  been  used? 

5.  What  does  this  experiment  show  about  the  composi- 
tion of  water?  Write  the  word-and-symbol  equations  to 
show  what  takes  place  on  the  electrolysis  of  water. 

6.  In  what  three  ways  may  hydrogen  be  prepared? 

7.  In  what  four  ways  have  you  prepared  oxygen  ? 


III.     WATER 

EXPERIMENT    11 

(Class  Experiment) 
The  Synthesis  of  Water 

Materials.     Calcium  chloride,  copper  oxide,  wire  form. 

Apparatus.  Hydrogen  generator,  calcium  chloride  tube,  de- 
livery tube,  clay  pipestem,  bell  jar,  hard  glass  combustion 
tube  7  inches  long. 

A.    Synthesis  of  Water  by  Burning  Hydrogen. 

1.  Connect  a  calcium  chloride  tube  with  a  hydrogen  gen- 
erator (a  Kipp  generator  is  best).  How  is  the  hydrogen 
generated?  Why  is  the  calcium  chloride  tube  used?  All 
joints  must  be  air-tight.  Attach  a  delivery  tube  to  the  cal- 
cium chloride  tube,  and  collect  a  test  tube  full  of  hydrogen 
by  displacement  of  water.  If  it  burns  quietly,  remove  the 
delivery  tube  and  attach  a  platinum  jet  or  a  clay  pipestem 
jet.  Why  test  the  gas  before  it  is  lighted?  Allow  the  hy- 
drogen to  pass  for  a  full  minute  and  then  hold  a  bell  jar 
over  the  tip.     Note  any  change. 

2.  Remove  the  jar,  light  the  hydrogen,  and  again  hold 
the  bell  far  over  the  jet.     Note  any  change  in  the  jar. 


HOW   TO   TEST  HYDROGEN  AND   WATER  25 

3.  What  is  formed  when  hydrogen  burns  in  the  air?  Of 
what  elements  is  water  composed?  Write  the  word-and- 
symbol  equation  to  show  the  change  that  takes  place. 

B.   Reduction  and  Oxidation. 

1 .  Use  the  same  apparatus  as  in  A.  Attach  to  the  calcium 
chloride  tube  a  straight  glass  tube  and  extend  this  into  a  hard- 
glass  test  tube  containing  1  gram  of  copper  oxide,  wire  form. 

2.  When  the  apparatus  is  free  from  air,  heat  the  copper 
oxide,  being  careful  not  to  heat  the  top  of  the  test  tube. 

3.  WThat  change  takes  place  in  the  copper  oxide?  What 
collects  on  the  cool  sides  of  the  test  tube  ?  Write  the  word- 
and-symbol  equation  for  the  change  that  took  place. 

4.  When  oxygen  or  other  non-metal  is  removed  from  a  sub- 
stance, it  is  called  reduction.  Is  hydrogen  a  good  reducing 
agent  in  this  case  ?     Why  ? 

5.  When  oxygen  or  other  non-metal  is  added  to  a  substance, 
the  process  is  called  oxidation.  Is  copper  oxide  an  oxidizing 
agent  in  this  case  ?     Why  ? 

6.  What  is  meant  by  the  word  synthesis  f  In  what  two 
ways  was  water  synthesized  in  this  experiment  ? 

EXPERIMENT    12 
How  to  Test  Hydrogen  and  Water 

Materials.  Pine  splint,  sugar,  corn  starch,  alum  crystal,  crys- 
tals of  sodium  carbonate,  crystalline  calcium  chloride,  potato, 
meat,  apple. 

Apparatus.     Bunsen  burner,  cold  glass  plates,  test  tubes. 

A.   Test  for  Hydrogen  in  Substances. 

From  Experiment  1 1  you  learned  that  when  hydrogen  is 
burned  in  the  air,  it  combines  with  the  oxygen  of  the  air  to 


26  WATER 

form  water.     If  then  water  is  formed  when  a  substance  is 
burned  in  air,  the  substance  must  contain  hydrogen. 

1.  Light  the  Bunsen  burner.  Hold  a  cold  dry  glass  plate 
over  the  flame.  Note  any  moisture  on  the  plate.  Does 
ordinary  gas  contain  hydrogen  ?  Now  explain  why  the  cold 
bottom  of  a  kettle  or  a  cold  flatiron  becomes  moist  when 
they  are  first  placed  over  a  flame.  Why  does  the  moisture 
disappear  after  a  time  ? 

2.  Why  does  the  inside  of  a  kerosene  lamp  chimney  be- 
come covered  with  moisture  when  the  lamp  is  first  lighted? 
This  moisture  disappears  in  a  few  minutes.     Why? 

3.  Burn  a  pine  splint  and  hold  a  cold  dry  plate  above  the 
flame.     Does  wood  contain  hydrogen  ? 

B.   Test  for  Hydrogen  and  Oxygen  in  Substances. 

Some  substances  v  contain  both  hydrogen  and  oxygen. 
When  these  substances  are  heated  till  they  decompose,  the 
hydrogen  in  the  substance  combines  with  the  oxygen  in  the 
substance  to  form  water.  The  substance  must  not  be  burned. 
This  test  proves  the  presence  of  both  hydrogen  and  oxygen 
in  a  compound. 

1 .  Heat  5  grams  of  sugar  in  a  dry  test  tube  till  it  is  com- 
pletely decomposed.  Keep  the  neck  of  the  tube  as  cold  as 
you  can  and  look  for  drops  of  water  on  the  sides  of  the  tube. 
What  are  two  elements  in  sugar?  In  what  proportion  are 
these  elements  present  in  sugar  ?  Does  sugar  contain  water  ? 
What  remains  in  the  test  tube?  Write  a  word-and-symbol 
equation  for  the  reaction  that  took  place. 

2.  In  like  manner  heat  5  grams  of  corn  starch.  Ex- 
plain what  takes  place.  Write  the  word-and-symbol 
equation. 


HOW   TO    TEST  HYDROGEN  AND   WATER  27 

C.   Test  for  Water  in  Substances. 

Many  substances  contain  water  held  in  such  a  way  as  to 
give  the  substance  its  form.  Water  so  held  may  be  removed 
by  heating  the  substance  gently  without  burning  it  or  decom- 
posing it. 

1.  Heat  a  crystal  of  alum  in  a  dry  test  tube.  Is  water 
given  off?     What  happens  to  the  crystal? 

2.  Heat  a  crystal  of  sodium  carbonate  (washing  soda) 
in  the  same  way.  Result?  When  crystals  of  sodium  car- 
bonate are  exposed  to  the  air  they  give  up  water  to  the  air 
and  they  fall  to  a  powder.  Wliat  is  this  process  called? 
Would  it  be  cheaper  to  buy  clear  crystals  of  washing  soda  or 
to  buy  the  substance  after  it  has  become  a  powder  from  long 
standing  in  the  air?     Why? 

3.  Heat  a  crystal  of  calcium  chloride  in  a  dry  test  tube. 
Result?  Now  leave  exposed  to  the  air  some  calcium 
chloride  which  has  been  so  heated.  Result?  Explain: 
Why  does  ordinary  table  salt  sometimes  become  moist  and 
hard  to  shake  from  the  salt  cellar?  What  is  sometimes 
added  to  prevent  this? 

4.  Nearly  all  foods  and  substances  of  plant  and  animal 
life  contain  water.  Heat  in  a  cool  dry  test  tube  portions 
about  the  size  of  a  bean  of  the  following  substances.  Be  care- 
ful not  to  burn  or  decompose  the  substances. 


1. 

Wood 

2. 

Potato 

3. 

Meat 

4. 

Apple 

5. 

Nut 

What 

do 

you 

conclude 

about   the 

general 

distribution 

of  water 

? 

28  WATER 

EXPERIMENT    13 
The  Solvent  Power  of  Water 

Note  to  teacher:  To  avoid  repeated  weighings  small  measures  may  be 
made  out  of  glass  tubing  (not  too  small  inside  diameter)  sealed  at  one  end. 
Weigh  out  the  required  amount  of  the  substance.  Jar  it  into  the  closed  end 
of  the  tube  and  cut  off  the  portion  filled  with  the  substance.  Place  about  this 
a  strong  gummed  label  bringing  the  ends  together  for  a  handle. 

Materials.  Bottles  of  soda  water  (one  bottle  for  each  four  stu- 
dents), alcohol,  kerosene,  carbon  disulfide,  powdered  copper 
sulfate,  sodium  thiosulfate. 

Apparatus.     Beaker  screen,  test  tubes,  thermometer. 

A.    Solubility  of  Gases. 

Note :  Four  students  may  use  one  bottle  of  soda  water. 

1.  Remove  the  cap  from  a  bottle  of  soda  water.  What 
causes  the  bubbling  or  the  effervescence?  How  is  the 
pressure  on  the  liquid  in  the  bottle  changed  when  the  cap  is 
removed  from  the  bottle  ?  How  does  change  of  pressure 
affect  the  solubility  of  a  gas  ? 

2.  Pour  one  fourth  of  a  bottle  of  soda  water  into  your 
beaker  (each  student  alone).  Set  this  on  a  wire  screen  on 
the  ring  stand  and  warm  with  the  burner.  Do  not  heat  to 
a  boiling  point  of  water.  Why?  How  does  the  rise  in 
temperature  affect  the  solubility  of  a  gas? 

Throw  away  the  soda  water  and  half  fill  the  beaker 
with  cold  water  from  the  faucet  and  warm  it  over  the  burner. 
Explain  the  appearance  of  small  bubbles  on  the  inside  of  the 
beaker. 

If  a  glass  of  ice  water  is  allowed  to  stand,  bubbles  appear 
clinging  to  the  inside  of  the  glass.  Give  your  explanation 
of  this  phenomenon. 


THE  SOLVENT  POWER  OF   WATER  29 

B.  Solubility  of  Liquids.     {No  flames.) 

1.  Half  fill  a  test  tube  with  water.  Add  5  cc.  of  alcohol. 
Shake  and  look  for  layers.  If  a  liquid  does  not  dissolve  in 
water,  it  will  form  a  layer  above  it  if  it  is  lighter  than  water, 
or  below  it  if  it  is  heavier  than  water.  Does  alcohol  dissolve 
in  water? 

2.  Repeat  (1),  using  kerosene.  Will  it  dissolve?  Is  it 
lighter  or  heavier  than  water? 

3.  Repeat  (1),  using  carbon  disulfide.  Will  it  dissolve? 
Is  it  lighter  or  heavier  than  water? 

C.  Solubility  of  Solids.     (Instructor's  Experiment.) 

1.  Put  exactly  50  cc.  of  water  in  a  beaker  and  add  1-gram 
portions  of  powdered  copper  sulfate  as  long  as  it  will  dissolve  ; 
that  is,  as  long  as  the  solution  is  unsaturated.  Stir  con- 
stantly to  aid  solution.  When  no  more  will  dissolve,  the  solu- 
tion is  saturated:  Note  the  temperature.  How  much  copper 
sulfate  will  dissolve  in  a  cubic  centimeter  of  water  at  this 
temperature?  This  is  the  solubility  of  copper  sulfate  for 
that  temperature. 

2.  Heat  the  saturated  solution  of  copper  sulfate  over  a 
Bunsen  burner  flame  and  add  powdered  copper  sulfate  again 
in  1-gram  portions  until  no  more  will  dissolve.  Note  the 
temperature.  What  is  the  solubility  of  copper  sulfate  at 
this  temperature?  How  does  the  rise  in  temperature  affect 
the  solubility  of  copper  sulfate  ? 

3.  Cool  the  solution  by  allowing  cold  water  to  flow  over 
the  beaker.  •  Explain. 

4.  Repeat  the  experiment,  using  some  other  salt  in  place 
of  copper  sulfate.  Does  the  rise  in  temperature  increase  the 
solubility  of  all  substances  alike  ? 


30  WATER 

5.  Heat  fifty  or  sixty  grams  of  sodium  thiosulfate  crystals 
in  a  large  test  tube  until  they  dissolve  in  the  water  they  con- 
tain, forming  a  saturated  solution.  Without  shaking  the  tube 
cool  it  in  running  water.  Then  the  solution  is  supersaturated 
at  this  temperature,  yet  no  crystals  of  sodium  thiosulfate 
appear.  Now  add  a  crystal  of  the  salt  and  note  the  sudden 
formation  of  crystals  and  the  rise  in  temperature.1 

6.  Given  a  solution  of  salt  how  would  you  prove  that  it 
was  unsaturated,  saturated,  or  supersaturated? 

EXPERIMENT    14 
Boiling  Point  and  Freezing  Point  of  Water 

Thermometers 

Materials.     Ice,  salt. 

Apparatus.  Two-hole  rubber  stopper,  short  glass  elbow,  centi- 
grade and  Fahrenheit  thermometers,  flask  and  screen,  test 
tube,  beakers. 

A.   Boiling  Point  of  Water. 

1.  Fit  the  two-hole  rubber  stopper  with  a  centigrade 
thermometer  and  a  short  glass  elbow. 

Note:  Wet  the  thermometer  and  tube  before  inserting  and  twist  them  into 
place  —  do  not  try  to  push  it  in  or  you  may  break  your  thermometer  and  cut 
your  hand.  Insert  the  stopper  in  a  flask  containing  about  ioo  cc.  of  pure  water. 
If  the  thermometer  is  not  immersed  in  the  water,  remove  the  stopper  and  push 
the  thermometer  further  through  until  it  is  immersed  when  the  stopper  is  re- 
placed. 

2.  Clamp  the  flask  carefully  on  the  ring  stand  over  the 
ring  and  wire  screen.     Heat  the  water  till  it  boils  and  note 

1  This  principle  is  made  use  of  in  certain  "  waterless  hot  water 
bottles "  on  the  market.  These  bottles  are  metal  and  filled  with 
sodium  thiosulfate  crystals.  If  put  into  boiling  water  for  ten  minutes, 
the  crystals  dissolve.     The  bottle  will  then  remain  hot  for  some  hours 


BOILING  POINT  AND   FREEZING  POINT  OF   WATER      31 

the  temperature  when  it  becomes  constant.  Apply  more 
heat  by  turning  up  the  flame.  Does  the  temperature  change  ? 
Explain. 

3.  What  is  the  boiling  point  of  water  on  the  centigrade 
scale  ? 

4.  Now  raise  the  thermometer  out  of  the  water  so  that 
it  will  be  in  the  steam  only  as  the  water  boils.  Boil  the  water 
and  note  the  temperature  of  steam.     Explain. 

5.  Obtain  a  Fahrenheit  thermometer  and  repeat  the  experi- 
ment.    What  is  the  boiling  point  of  water  on  this  scale  ? 

6.  Replace  the  centigrade  thermometer  in  the  stopper. 
Add  ten  grams  of  table  salt  to  the  water.  Shake  until  it 
dissolves.  Note  the  boiling  point.  How  does  salt  dissolved 
in  water  affect  its  boiling  point  ? 

B.   Freezing  Point  of  Water. 

1.  Put  some  pieces  of  ice  in  your  150  cc.  beaker  and  add 
about  25  cc.  of  water.  Carefully  stir  the  mixture  with  the 
centigrade  thermometer  until  the  temperature  is  constant. 
What  is  the  melting  point  of  ice,  centigrade  scale? 

2.  Repeat,  using  a  Fahrenheit  thermometer.  What  is 
the  melting  point  of  ice,  Fahrenheit  scale? 

3.  Make  a  freezing  mixture  in  your  250  cc.  beaker 
by  mixing  three  parts  of  cracked  ice  with  one  part  of 
common  salt.  Why  is  the  temperature  of  such  a  mixture 
below  the  freezing  point  of  water  ? 

Half  fill  a  test  tube  with  pure  water  and  place  the  tube  in 

or  as  long  as  a  real  hot  water  bottle  would  remain  hot,  for  it  cools  down 
slowly  from  100°  C.to  room  temperature.  The  solution  is  then  super- 
saturated, and  if  the  stopper  of  the  bottle  is  removed  and  a  wire  thrust 
into  the  liquid,  crystals  will  form  and  heat  will  be  given  off  for  several 
hours  longer. 


32  WATER 

the  freezing  mixture.  Note  the  temperature,  centigrade 
scale,  at  which  the  water  begins  to  freeze.  How  does  the 
freezing  point  of  water  compare  with  the  melting  point  of  ice  ? 

C.   Problems  in  Temperature. 

1.  Note  the  room  temperature  on  the  centigrade  ther- 
mometer. 

From  the  formula  F.  =  fC.+32  (see  Appendix)  calculate 
the  temperature  of  the  room  on  the  Fahrenheit  scale.  Now 
read  the  Fahrenheit  thermometer  hanging  in  the  room. 

2.  On  a  very  warm  day  the  temperature  may  be  98°  F. 
What  would  this  be  on  the  centigrade  scale  ?  Use  the  formula 
C.  =  |(F.-32).     (See  Appendix.) 

3.  The  normal  temperature  of  the  human  body  is  98°  F. 
In  fever  cases  the  temperature  may  run  up  to  106°  F.  What 
would  these  temperatures  be  on  a  centigrade  thermometer? 

4.  The  hottest  part  of  the  Bunsen  flame  is  860°  C.  What 
would  this  temperature  be  on  the  Fahrenheit  scale  ? 

5.  Alcohol  boils  at  78°  C.  and  solidifies  (freezes)  at  —130° 
C.  What  would  these  temperatures  be  on  the  absolute 
scale?     (See  Appendix.) 

EXPERIMENT    15 
How  to  Purify  Water 

Materials.  Distilled  water,  salt,  bone  black,  dirt,  potassium 
permanganate  solution. 

Apparatus.  Watch  glass,  screen,  funnel,  filter  paper,  one  round- 
bottomed  distilling  flask,  a  Florence  flask,  condenser. 

A.   How  to  Show  the  Presence  of  Salts  Dissolved  in  Water. 

1.  Put  a  few  drops  of  distilled  water  on  your  watch  glass. 
Place  this  on  the  wire  screen  and  slowly  evaporate  it  by 


HOW    TO   PURIFY   WATER  33 

moving  the  flame   back   and   forth    below  it.     Is  there   a 
residue  ? 

2.  Now  place  a  few  drops  of  faucet  water  on  the  glass  and 
evaporate.  A  residue  indicates  something  dissolved  in  the 
water.     Does  the  city  water  contain  dissolved  salts? 

3.  What  other  impurities  besides  dissolved  salts  may  a 
water  contain  ? 

B.  Impurities  Removed  by  Filtration. 

1.  To  some  water  add  dirt,  some  table  salt,  and  some 
potassium  permanganate  to  give  it  color.  Place  a  filter  in  a 
funnel  and  into  this  pour  a  thin  paste  of  bone  black  and 
water.  When  this  has  settled,  pour  on  to  it  some  of  the  tur- 
bid, salty,  colored  water.  Is  the  turbidity  removed  ?  Is  the 
color  removed  ?  Is  the  salt  removed  ?  Test  this  by  evapo- 
rating a  few  drops  on  a  watch  crystal  as  before.  Would 
dangerous  germs  or  poisonous  organic  matter  be  removed? 

2.  What  impurities  are  removed  by  filtration? 

C.  Impurities  Removed  by  Distillation.     (Instructor's  Experiment.) 

1.  Place  about  100  cc.  of  the  same  turbid  water  in  a  round- 
bottomed  distilling  flask  and  connect  the  flask  to  the  con- 
denser. Why  should  the  water  enter  the  lower  opening  of 
the  condenser  jacket?  The  water  flows  out  of  the  upper 
opening  through  a  rubber  tube  to  the  sink.  Heat  the  flask 
over  a  screen  until  the  water  boils.  The  steam  from  the 
boiling  water  is  condensed  in  the  cool  condenser  tube  and 
collected  in  a  flask.  The  condensed  liquid  is  called  the  distil- 
late.    The  process  is  distillation. 

2.  Note  the  color  and  taste  of  the  distilled  water.  Test 
for  salt  by  means  of  the  watch  glass  as  before. 

3.  Where  is  the  salt  and  coloring  matter?     What  impuri- 


34  WATER 

ties  may  be  removed  by  distillation?     What  impurities  may 
not  be  removed  in  this  way  ? 

4.  Which  is  the  better  water  to  drink,  filtered  water  or 
distilled  water  ?  Give  all  the  reasons  that  you  can  for  your 
answer. 

5.  What  is  the  source  of  the  drinking  water  in  your  city? 
What  impurities  are  present  in  this  water  ?  What  attempts, 
if  any,  are  made  by  the  city  to  remove  them  ?  How  could 
you  make  the  water  more  fit  for  drinking  purposes  at  home? 

EXPERIMENT    16 

Properties  of  Hydrogen  Peroxide 

Materials.     Hydrogen  peroxide,  litmus  paper,  manganese    di- 
oxide, dark  hair,  ammonium  hydroxide. 
Apparatus.     Large  test  tube,  splint,  filter  paper  funnel. 

A.   Properties  of  Hydrogen  Peroxide. 

1 .  What  is  the  formula  of  hydrogen  peroxide  ?  How  does 
it  differ  in  composition  from  water? 

2.  What  is  the  hydrogen  dioxide  sold  by  druggists? 

3.  Place  5  cc.  of  hydrogen  peroxide  in  a  large  test  tube. 
Test  with  a  small  piece  of  litmus  paper.     Explain. 

4.  Add  2  grams  of  powdered  manganese  dioxide.  Thrust  a 
glowing  splint  into  the  tube.  What  gas  is  given  off?  Write 
the  equation.  Filter  the  mixture  remaining  in  the  tube. 
What  is  the  residue  ?  What  was  the  purpose  of  the  manga- 
nese dioxide  ? 

5.  Why  should  bottles  of  hydrogen  peroxide  be  kept  tightly 
stoppered?     Why  are  the  bottles  always  dark  in  color? 

6.  Why  are  the  corks  of  the  hydrogen  peroxide  bottles  so 
white? 


PREPARATION  AND   PROPERTIES  OF  NITROGEN         35 

B.   Uses  of  Hydrogen  Peroxide. 

1.  Wash  some  dark  hairs  free  from  oil,  then  immerse  them 
for  one  hour  in  10  cc.  of  hydrogen  peroxide  made  alkaline 
with  ammonium  hydroxide.  Remove  them  and  allow  them 
to  dry.  Result  ?  Hydrogen  peroxide  is  used  to  bleach  wool 
and  silk. 

2.  Give  some  of  its  uses  as  a  disinfectant. 


IV.     NITROGEN   AND   THE   AIR 

EXPERIMENT    17 

Preparation  and  Properties  of  Nitrogen 

Materials.     Phosphorus,  charcoal,  pine  splints,  4  g.  ammonium 

chloride,  and  8  g. -sodium  nitrite  mixed. 
Apparatus.    Wide-mouthed  bottle,  cover  glasses,  glass  pneumatic 

trough,  250  cc.  flask,  one-hole  stopper,  delivery  tube,  troughs, 

2  gas  bottles,  ring  stand,  gauze. 

A.    Nitrogen  from  the  Air.     (Instructor's  Experiment.) 

Nitrogen  and  oxygen  are  the  chief  gases  of  the  air.  If 
phosphorus  is  burned  in  a  bottle  of  air,  it  will  combine  with 
the  oxygen,  forming  phosphorus  pentoxide.  If  there  is  water 
in  the  bottle,  the  phosphorus  pentoxide  will  dissolve  in  the 
water  and  nitrogen  will  be  left  in  the  bottle. 

1.  Pin  a  piece  of  phosphorus  about  the  size  of  a  pea  to  a 
piece  of  charcoal.  Float  the  charcoal  on  the  water  in  the 
glass  trough.  Light  the  phosphorus  and  quickly  cover  it 
with  a  large,  wide-mouthed  bottle.  Keep  the  neck  of  the 
bottle  pressed  well  down  into  the  water.  With  what  was  the 
bottle  filled  when  it  was  placed  over  the  burning  phos- 
phorus?    What  is    the    "smoke"    that    is    formed    as  the 


36  NITROGEN  AND   THE  AIR 

phosphorus  burns?     What  constituent  of  the  air  is  being 
removed  ? 

2.  Allow  the  bottle  tc  stand  till  the  " smoke"  has  dissolved 
in  the  water  and  the  gas  in  the  bottle  is  clear,  then  make  the 
water  level  the  same  inside  as  outside  the  bottle.  Why  has 
the  water  risen  in  the  bottle?  The  gas  remaining  is  chiefly 
nitrogen.     About  what  part  of  the  air  is  nitrogen? 

3.  Cover  the  mouth  of  the  bottle  with  a  glass  plate  and 
invert,  taking  care  not  to  lose  any  of  the  water  that  has  risen 
in  the  jar.  What  are  the  physical  properties  of  nitrogen  in 
the  jar?  What  are  the  physical  properties  of  the  nitrogen 
in  the  air?     Is  the  nitrogen  in  the  bottle  pure?     Why? 

4.  Thrust  the  burning  splint  into  the  bottle  of  nitrogen. 
Result?  Repeat,  using  phosphorus.  Result?  Does  it 
burn  ?     Does  nitrogen  support  combustion  ? 

B.   Preparation  of  Pure   Nitrogen.      Note :    Instructor's  Experiment, 
unless  Class  Is  Very  Small. 

1.  Obtain  a  mixture  of  4  grams  of  ammonium  chloride 
and  8  grams  of  sodium  nitrite.  Place  this  in  a  250  cc.  flask 
and  add  25  cc.  of  water.  Fit  a  one-hole  rubber  stopper  and 
a  delivery  tube  to  the  flask  in  order  that  the  gas  may  be  col- 
lected over  water  as  in  case  of  oxygen.  Clamp  the  flask  to 
the  ring  stand  over  a  wire  gauze  and  heat  very  gently  by 
moving  the  burner  about  with  the  hand.  As  soon  as  action 
begins,  stop  heating.  If  the  action  becomes  too  violent,  lower 
the  wire  gauze  and  raise  a  bowl  of  water  until  the  flask  is 
immersed  in  it  and  cooled. 

When  the  air  is  expelled  from  the  flask  (about  one  minute), 
fill  two  gas  bottles  with  nitrogen. 

2.  The  reaction  that  takes  place  in  the  preparation  of 
pure  nitrogen  may  be  expressed  in  two  equations.     (1)    The 


THE  COMPOSITION   OF   THE  AIR  37 

ammonium  chloride  and  the  sodium  nitrite  react  to  form 
ammonium  nitrite  and  sodium  chloride : 

NH4Cl+NaN02  — ^  NH4N02+NaCl 
(2)  The  ammonium  nitrite  then  decomposes  into  water 
and  nitrogen : 

NH4N02  — »-  2  H2O+N2 

Write  these  two  equations  for  the  preparation  of  nitrogen, 
naming  all  substances  used  and  formed. 

3.  Using  one  bottle  of  the  gas,  note  its  physical  properties, 
i.e.  its  color,  odor,  taste. 

Is  it  soluble  in  water  ? 

Is  it  heavier  or  lighter  than  air  ?     (See  Appendix.) 

4.  Into  the  other  bottle  of  gas  thrust  a  burning  splint. 
Does  nitrogen  burn  ? 

Does  nitrogen  support  combustion  ? 

EXPERIMENT    18 

The  Composition  of  the  Air 

Materials.     Phosphorus,    splint,    limewater,    calcium    chloride. 
Apparatus.     Glass  trough,  graduated  tube   100  cc.   or  250  cc., 

wire,  cover  glasses,  beaker,  long  glass  elbow,  test  tube,  gas 

bottle. 

A.   The  Per  Cent  of  Nitrogen  and  Oxygen  in  the  Air.     (Instructor's 
Experiment.) 

1.  Half  fill  a  glass  trough  or  battery  jar  with  water. 
Invert  into  the  jar  a  graduated  tube  (about  100  cc  or  250  cc). 
Adjust  so  that  the  water  within  and  without  the  tube  stands 
at  the  same  level.    Why  ?    Note  the  volume  of  air  in  the  tube. 

2.  Place  a  piece  of  phosphorus  on  the  tip  of  a  wire  and 
insert  in  the  tube.     Push  up  the  wire  till  the  phosphorus 


38  NITROGEN  AND    THE   AIR 

is  in  the  upper  part  of  the  tube.     Be  careful  not  to  lift  the 
mouth  of  the  tube  from  the  water. 

What  are  the  white  fumes  that  come  from  the  phosphorus  ? 
What  causes  the  fumes?     What  gas  is  being  used  up? 

3.  Allow  the  apparatus  to  stand  until  the  next  day.  Note 
the  position  of  the  water.  Why  has  it  risen  in  the  tube? 
Are  white  fumes  rising  from  the  phosphorus  now?  Why? 
What  is  the  gas  that  remains  in  the  tube  ? 

4.  Lower  the  tube  until  the  water  within  and  the  water 
without  the  tube  stands  at  the  same  level.  Why?  Note 
the  volume  of  the  gas  in  the  tube. 

5.  Slip  a  cover  glass  over  the  mouth  of  the  tube  and  re- 
move it  from  the  jar.  To  further  test  the  remaining  gas 
thrust  into  the  tube  a  blazing  splint.  Does  the  gas  burn? 
Does  it  support  combustion  ?     What  is  the  gas  ? 

6.  Record  your  observations  and  calculate  the  per  cent  of 
nitrogen  in  the  air,  as  follows : 

(a)  Volume  of  air  at  the  beginning  of  experiment  =  cc. 

(6)  Volume  of  nitrogen  at  the  end  of  the  experiment  =  cc. 

(c)  Volume  of  oxygen  removed  by  the  phosphorus  =  cc. 
Volume  of  oxygen  (c) 

=   volume  of  air  (a)    —   volume  of  nitrogen  (6). 

The  per  cent  of  nitrogen  by  volume  in  the  air  is  found  as 
follows : 

Volume  of  nitrogen  (6)  X  100  _     ., 

A7  ,  !    .      ' —    --  %  nitrogen 

Volume  ot  air  (a) 

The  per  cent  of  oxygen  by  volume  in  the  air  is  found  in  like 
manner : 

Volume  of  oxvgen  (c)XlOO  _ 

Volume  ot  air  (a) 


THE   COMPOSITION  OF   THE  AIR  39 

B.  Carbon  Dioxide  in  the  Air.     (Student's  Experiment.) 

1.  Place  about  5  cc.  of  limewater  in  a  clean  beaker  and 
leave  it  exposed  to  the  air  until  the  close  of  the  laboratory 
period.  Note  the  white  crust  formed  on  the  surface  of  the 
limewater.  This  proves  the  presence  of  carbon  dioxide  in 
the  air. 

2.  Through  the  long  glass  elbow  blow  air  from  the  lungs 
into  5  cc.  of  limewater  in  a  test  tube.  Explain  results.  This 
is  one  source  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  air. 

3.  Place  a  burning  splint  in  a  bottle  of  air.  In  a  short 
time  the  splint  will  go  out.  Why?  Remove  the  splint  and 
quickly  cover  the  bottle  with  a  glass  plate.  Add  5  cc.  of 
limewater  and  shake.  Results?  How  does  this  experi- 
ment show  another  source  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  air? 

4.  Name  three  other  sources  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the 
air. 

5.  If  animals  are  constantly  exhaling  carbon  dioxide,  why 
does  not  the  per  cent  of  oxygen  greatly  decrease  and  the 
per  cent  of  carbon  dioxide  increase  as  time  goes  on  ? 

C.  Water  Vapor  in  the  Air. 

1.  Place  a  piece  of  calcium  chloride  on  a  watch  glass  or 
in  a  dry  beaker  and  leave  it  exposed  to  the  air  overnight. 
(Lock  it  in  your  drawer.)  In  twenty-four  hours  look  at  it 
again.  Explain.  A  substance  that  will  take  up  water 
from  the  air  in  this  way  is  a  deliquescent  substance.  Such 
substances  are  good  drying  agents. 

2.  In  what  other  way  could  you  prove  the  presence  of 
water  vapor  in  the  air  ? 

3.  What  are  some  of  the  sources  of  water  vapor  in 
the  air  ? 


40  NITROGEN  AND    THE  AIR 

EXPERIMENT    19 
Ammonia,  NH3 

Materials.  Ammonium  chloride  (10-g.  portions),  slaked  lime 
(20-g.  portions),  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  red  litmus  solu- 
tion, splints,  red  litmus  paper,  and  blue  litmus  paper. 

Apparatus.  Large  test  tube,  one-hole  rubber  stopper,  long  el- 
bow, 4  gas  bottles  dry,  2500-cc.  beaker,  cover  glasses. 

A.  Preparation  of  Ammonia. 

1.  Obtain  10  grams  of  ammonium  chloride  and  20  grams  of 
calcium  hydroxide  (slaked  lime).  Smell  of  each.  Has 
either  an  odor  ?  Now  mix  them  well  on  a  paper  with  a  stir- 
ring rod  and  smell  again.  What  is  the  odor?  Put  the 
mixture  in  the  large  test  tube.  Insert  the  one-hole  stopper 
with  the  long  elbow.  Clamp  the  test  tube  in  the  ring  stand, 
with  the  outlet  tube  turned  up.  Heat  the  test  tube  gently. 
Collect  three  bottles  of  the  gas  by  inverting  the  bottle  over 
the  tube  and  holding  it  there  until  a  drop  of  hydrochloric 
acid  held  on  a  stirring  rod  at  the  mouth  of  the  bottle  fumes 
strongly.  Is  ammonia  heavier  or  lighter  than  air?  Write 
the  word-and-symbol  equation  for  the  reaction  that  takes 
place  in  the  preparation  of  ammonia. 

2.  Turn  the  outlet  tube  down  and  insert  it  into  a  bottle 
containing  about  20  cc.  of  water.  The  tube  must  not  touch  the 
ivater.  Why?  Heat  the  mixture  until  no  more  gas  is  given 
off.     (While  heating,  test  the  properties  of  the  gas  collected.) 

B.  Properties  of  Ammonia. 

1.  What  is  the  color  and  odor  of  ammonia? 

2.  Moisten  your  finger  and  hold  it  in  the  gas.  Touch  it 
to  the  tongue.     What  is  the  taste  of  ammonia  ? 


GENERAL  PROPERTIES  OF  ACIDS,   BASES,   AND   SALTS     41 

3.  Fill  your  large  beaker  with  water  and  color  it  with  a 
few  drops  of  red  litmus  solution.  Uncover  a  bottle  of  am- 
monia and  quickly  thrust  its  mouth  into  the  water.  Hold 
it  in  this  position  for  five  minutes.  Result?  Why  not 
collect  ammonia  over  water? 

4.  Put  a  few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid  in  a  bottle ;  cover 
and  shake  well.  Place  it  mouth  downward  over  a  bottle 
of  ammonia  and  remove  the  glass  covers.  Result?  Explain 
and  write  the  equation. 

5.  Thrust  a  lighted  splint  into  a  bottle  of  ammonia. 
Does  it  burn  or  support  combustion  ? 

6.  Remove  the  outlet  tube  from  the  bottle  containing  the 
liquid.  Smell  the  liquid.  Test  it  with  red  and  with  blue 
litmus.  The  gas  ammonia  combined  with  the  water  to 
form  ammonium  hydroxide. 

NH3+H20  — >  NH4OH 

For  what  purpose  is  this  liquid  used  in  the  home?     It  is 
commonly  called  "ammonia."     Is  this  correct?     Explain. 

V.     ACIDS,   BASES,   AND    SALTS 

EXPERIMENT    20 

General  Properties  of  Acids,  Bases,  and  Salts 

Materials.  Sulfuric  acid,  hydrochloric  acid,  nitric  acid,  acetic 
acid,  crystals  of  tartaric  acid,  red  litmus  paper,  blue  litmus 
paper,  magnesium  ribbon  pieces  1  cm.  long,  sodium  hydroxide, 
potassium  hydroxide,  ammonium  hydroxide,  calcium  hydroxide 
solution  (limewater),  sodium  chloride,  potassium  sulfate,  am- 
monium chloride,  sodium  carbonate,  phenolphthalein,  methyl 
orange. 

Apparatus.     Test  tubes,  stirring  rod,  splints. 


42  ACIDS,   BASES,   AND  SALTS 

A.   General  Properties  of  Acids. 

1.  Half  fill  five  clean  test  tubes  with  water.  To  the  first 
add  3  drops  of  concentrated  sulfuric  acid,  H2SO4;  to  the 
second  add  3  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid,  HC1 ;  to  the  third 
add  3  drops  of  nitric  acid,  HNO3 ;  to  the  fourth  add  3  drops 
of  acetic  acid,  HC2H3O2 ;  in  the  fifth  dissolve  a  crystal  of 
tartaric  acid,  H2C4H406. 

2.  Dip  the  clean  stirring  rod  into  the  dilute  sulfuric  acid 
and  carefully  taste  a  drop  of  it.  Rinse  the  mouth  with 
water  after  tasting.  Wash  the  rod  and  dip  it  into  the  dilute 
solution  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  taste  a  drop  of  it.  Repeat, 
using  nitric,  acetic,  and  tartaric  acids.  What  is  the  charac- 
teristic taste  of  acids  ? 

3.  In  each  tube  place  a  very  small  piece  of  red  and  of  blue 
litmus  paper.  What  effect  have  acids  on  litmus?  Empty 
the  tubes  and  prepare  solutions  of  the  acids  as  in  (1).  To 
each  tube  add  a  drop  of  methyl  orange.  Note  result  in  each 
case. 

Note:  Litmus  and  methyl  orange  are  called  indicators  because  by  their 
characteristic  color  reactions  they  indicate  the  presence  of  acids.  By  giving 
a  different  color  they  may  also  be  used  to  indicate  the  presence  of  bases,  as 
will  be  shown  later. 

4.  Place  about  10  cc.  of  each  acid  in  separate  clean  test 
tubes  and  add  to  each  (one  at  a  time)  a  piece  of  magnesium 
ribbon  about  2  cm.  long.  Cover  the  tube  with  the  hand,  or  a 
piece  of  cardboard,  for  about  a  minute  or  until  effervescence 
ceases ;  then  test  the  gas  in  the  tube  with  a  burning  splint. 
What  is  the  gas?  WThere  does  it  come  from?  Write  the 
word-and-symbol  equations  for  the  reactions  that  take  place 
in  each  case.     Do  acids  dissolve  other  metals? 

5.  Write  in  a  vertical  column,  one  under  the  other,  the 
names  and  formulas   of  the  five  acids  you  have  studied. 


GENERAL  PROPERTIES  OF   ACIDS,   BASES,    AND   SALTS     43 

Compare    the   formulas.      In   what    respect    are   the   acids 
similar  in  composition  ? 

6.  Define  an  acid  as  completely  as  you  can. 

7.  What  are  the  chief  acids  formed  in  vinegar  ?  lemon 
juice  ?    sour  milk  ?     (See  textbook.) 

B.    General  Properties  of  Bases. 

Note  to  student:  An  hydroxide  (sometimes  called  hydrate)  is  composed 
of  a  metal  or  metallic  radical  combined  with  one  or  more  hydroxyl  radicals. 
Most  of  the  hydroxides  are  insoluble.  A  few  are  soluble ;  these  are  called 
bases  and  they  possess  properties  in  common,  as  will  be  noted  below. 

1.  In  four  different  test  tubes  obtain  10  cc.  of  sodium 
hydroxide,  NaOH,  potassium  hydroxide,  KOH,  ammonium 
hydroxide,  NH4OH,  and  calcium  hydroxide,  Ca(OH)2,  re- 
spectively.    Label  the  tubes. 

2.  Taste  the  calcium  hydroxide.  Do  not  taste  the  others 
without  diluting  greatly  —  about  one  drop  in  a  half  test  tube 
of  water.     Describe  the  taste  of  the  bases. 

3.  Drop  a  small  piece  of  pink  and  of  blue  litmus  in  each 
tube.  Results?  Test  fresh  solutions  of  each  with  a  drop 
of  methyl  orange.  Result  in  each  case?  Test  fresh  solu- 
tions of  each  wTith  a  drop  of  phenolphthalein.  Result  in 
each  case  ? 

4.  Rub  a  little  of  each  solution  between  the  fingers. 
Describe  the  feeling. 

5.  Write  in  a  vertical  column,  one  under  the  other,  the 
names  and  formulas  of  the  four  bases  you  have  studied. 
Compare  the  formulas.  In  what  respect  are  the  bases  similar 
in  composition  ? 

6.  Define  a  base  as  completely  as  you  can. 

7.  What  is  the  chief  hydroxide  in  "limewater"  ?  "house- 
hold ammonia"  ?   "Red  Seal  lye"  ? 


44  ACIDS,   BASES,   AND  SALTS 

C.  General  Properties  of  Salts. 

1.  In  separate  test  tubes  obtain  about  one  gram  of  sodium 
chloride,  NaCl,  potassium  sulfate,  K2SO4,  ammonium  chlo- 
ride, NH4CI,  and  sodium  carbonate,  Na2C03.  Label  the  tubes. 

2.  Half  fill  the  tubes  with  water ;  shake  and  warm  until 
the  salts  dissolve.  Taste  each  solution.  Do  they  taste  like 
acids  or  bases  ?     Rinse  your  mouth. 

3.  Place  in  each  tube  a  piece  of  red  and  of  blue  litmus 
paper. 

What  effect  have  salts  such  as  sodium  chloride  and  potas- 
sium sulfate  upon  litmus? 

Explain  briefly  why  solutions  of  salts  such  as  ammonium 
chloride  turn  litmus  red.  (See  hydrolysis  in  text.)  Why 
do  solutions  of  salts  like  sodium  carbonate  turn  litmus  blue  ? 

4.  Rub  a  solution  of  each  salt  between  the  fingers.  Do 
they  feel  slippery  ? 

5.  Write  the  names  and  formulas  of  the  salts  in  a  vertical 
column,  one  under  the  other.     Compare  the  formulas. 

6.  Define  a  salt  as  completely  as  you  can. 

7.  What  is  ordinary  "table  salt"?  "baking  soda"? 
"washing  soda"?  "saltpeter"? 

D.  Litmus  Reaction  of  Common  Substances. 
*    Note :   These  tests  are  to  be  made  at  home. 

1.  Take  home  five  or  six  strips  of  red  and  of  blue  litmus 
paper  and  test  the  following  substances  with  a  portion  of 
each  strip.  Dissolve  solids  in  water  before  testing.  Tabu- 
late the  reaction  toward  litmus  under  the  following  heads : 

Acid  Reaction  Basic  Reaction  Neutral  Reaction 

Test:  Borax,  soap,  faucet  water,  tooth  powder,  pickle,  cream  of  tartar, 
washing  soda,  sour  milk,  sweet  milk,  vinegar,  lemon  juice,  ripe  fruits,  green 
fruits,  sugar,  and  olive  oil. 


METHODS  OF  FORMING  ACIDS,  HYDROXIDES,  AND  SALTS     45 

EXPERIMENT    21 

Methods  of  Forming  Acids,  Hydroxides,  and  Salts 

Note:  Two  double  laboratory  periods  will  probably  be  required  for  this 
experiment. 

Materials.  Sodium,  filter  paper,  solution  of  phenolphthalein, 
lime,  copper  sulfate,  ferric  chloride  and  magnesium  chloride 
(solution),  sodium  hydroxide,  hydrochloric  acid,  magnesium 
ribbon,  red  phosphorus,  sulfur,  sodium  chloride. 

Apparatus.  Evaporating  dish,  glass  plate,  red  litmus  paper,  blue 
litmus  paper,  small  beaker,  funnel,  asbestos  paper. 

A.    Methods  of  Forming  Acids. 

1.   Action  of  non-metallic  oxides  on  water. 

Note:  A  non-metallic  oxide  which  when  dissolved  in  water  will  produce 
an  acid  is  called  an  acid  anhydrid. 

(a)  In  the  combustion  spoon  place  a  small  piece  of  asbestos 
paper  and  on  it  a  little  sulfur.  Ignite  the  sulfur  in  the 
Bunsen  flame  and  lower  the  spoon  into  a  bottle  of  air,  cover- 
ing the  bottle  as  far  as  possible  with  a  glass  plate.  When 
the  action  ceases,  remove  the  spoon.  What  is  in  the  bottle  ? 
Write  the  word-and-symbol  equation  for  the  reaction. 

Now  add  about  5  cc.  of  water  and  shake  thoroughly. 
Test  the  liquid  with  both  red  and  blue  litmus.     Result? 

What  acid  has  been  formed  ?  Write  the  word-and-symbol 
equation. 

(b)  Reline  the  spoon  with  asbestos  and  repeat  (a) ,  using 
a  small  amount  of  red  phosphorus  (about  the  size  of  a  ker- 
nel of  wheat).  What  is  the  oxide  formed?  Write  the 
word-and-symbol  equation.  Add  water;  shake  and  test 
with  litmus.  Result?  What  is  the  acid  formed?  Write 
the  word-and-symbol  equation. 


46  ACIDS,   BASES,   AND  SALTS 

(c)  When  carbon  dioxide  is  dissolved  in  water,  carbonic 
acid  is  formed.  Write  the  word-and-symbol  equation  to 
show  the  reaction. 

(d)  What  oxide  is  the  anhydrid  of  sulfuric  acid?  Write 
the  word-and-symbol  equation. 

2.  Action  of  an  acid  with  a  higher  boiling  point  on  the 
salt  of  the  acid  desired. 

Note :  Sulfuric  acid  has  a  much  higher  boiling  point  than  the  common  acids, 
such  as  hydrochloric,  nitric,  and  acetic  acids,  so  that  it  is  generally  used  in  the 
preparation  of  these  acids  on  a  large  scale. 

(a)  Place  about  5  grains  of  sodium  chloride  in  a  test  tube 
and  add  5  cc.  of  concentrated  sulfuric  acid.  Warm  gently 
and  cautiously.  Note  the  odor  of  the  gas  evolved.  Test  the 
gas  with  strips  of  red  and  of  blue  litmus  moistened.  Result  ? 
This  gas  is  hydrogen  chloride  or  hydrochloric  acid  gas. 
Write  the  word-and-symbol  equation  for  the  reaction. 

Note:  This  method  will  be  given  in  detail  later.     See  Experiment  22. 

(6)  Write  the  word-and-symbol  equation  for  the  reaction 
between  sodium  nitrate  and  sulfuric  acid  to  form  nitric  acid. 

B.    Methods  of  Forming  Hydroxides. 

1.   Action  of  metallic  oxides  on  water. 

Note :  A  metallic  oxide  which  when  dissolved  in  water  will  produce  a  base 
is  called  a  base  anhydrid. 

(a)  What  is  lime  ?     How  is  it  formed  ? 

(b)  Obtain  about  5  grams  of  lime.  Place  it  in  your 
small  beaker  and  add  10  cc.  of  water.  Stir  for  about  5  min- 
utes, then  filter.  What  is  the  residue  on  the  filter  paper? 
What  is  in  the  filtrate  ?  Write  a  word-and-symbol  equation 
to  show  what  is  formed  when  calcium  oxide  is  added  to  water. 
Rub  some  of  the  solution  between  the  fingers.     Taste  it. 


METHODS  OF  FORMING  ACIDS,  HYDROXIDES,  AND  SALTS     47 

Test  it  with  litmus  and  phenolphthalein.  Note  results  in 
each  case.  Write  the  word-and-symbol  equation  for  the 
reaction.  Is  calcium  hydroxide  as  soluble  as  sodium  hy- 
droxide ? 

2.  Action  of  metals  on  water.     (Instructor's  Experiment.) 

(a)  Place  on  a  piece  of  filter  paper  a  piece  of  sodium  about 
as  large  as  a  pea.  Half  fill  your  evaporation  dish  with 
water.  Have  a  glass  plate  ready  to  cover  it.  Drop  the 
sodium  on  the  water  and  cover  the  dish  with  the  glass  plate. 
Note  what  takes  place.     (Recall  Experiment  10.) 

When  the  action  is  over,  rub  some  of  the  solution  between 
the  fingers.  Result?  Taste  it  carefully.  Result?  Test 
with  pieces  of  red  and  of  blue  litmus.  Result?  Add  a  drop 
of  phenolphthalein  solution.     Result? 

What  substance  is  contained  in  the  water  ? 

Write  a  word-and-symbol  equation  to  show  its  formation 
from  the  sodium  and  water. 

(b)  Potassium  hydroxide  could  be  prepared  in  the  same 
way,  using  potassium  instead  of  sodium.  Write  the  word- 
and-symbol  equation  to  show  what  would  take  place. 

Are  potassium  and  sodium  hydroxides  soluble  or  insoluble  ? 

3.  Insoluble  hydroxides. 

In  three  separate  test  tubes  obtain  5  cc.  of  solutions  of 
the  salts,  copper  sulfate,  ferric  chloride,  and  magnesium 
chloride.  Fill  each  test  tube  half  full  of  water  and  add  1  cc. 
of  sodium  hydroxide  to  each  tube.  What  is  formed  in  each 
case?  Write  the  word-and-symbol  equation  to  show  what 
was  formed  in  each  case. 

Insoluble  hydroxides  do  not  feel  slippery.  They  have  no 
taste.  They  do  not  affect  litmus.  They  do  react  with 
acids  to  form  salts  as  soluble  hydroxides  do. 


48  ACIDS,   BASES,   AND  SALTS 

C.    Methods  of  Forming  Salts. 

1.  By  neutralization  —  the  action  of  an  acid  on  a  base. 
Place  10  cc.  of  sodium  hydroxide,  NaOH,  in  a  beaker  and 

add  a  drop  of  phenolphthalein.  Then  add  hydrochloric 
acid,  HC1,  till  the  color  just  disappears.  Rub  some  of  the 
solution  between  the  fingers.  Taste  it.  Test  it  also  with 
red  and  with  blue  litmus.  Is  an  acid  present?  Is  a  base 
present?  What  has  been  formed?  Evaporate  10  cc.  of 
the  solution  to  dryness  in  the  evaporation  dish.  Taste  the 
solid.  Why  is  this  process  called  neutralization?  Write 
the  word-and-symbol  equation. 

2.  By  the  action  of  acids  on  metals. 

Recall  the  action  of  sulfuric  acid,  H2S04,  on  zinc  in  the 
preparation  of  hydrogen  in  Experiment  9.  Write  the  word- 
and-symbol  equation  for  the  reaction. 

Add  some  hydrochloric  acid,  HC1,  to  about  an  inch  of 
magnesium  ribbon  in  a  test  tube.  What  gas  is  liberated? 
When  the  action  ceases,  evaporate  some  of  the  liquid  to  dry- 
ness. What  salt  was  formed?  Write  the  word-and-symbol 
equation  for  the  reaction. 

Note:  The  instructor  may  perform  the  following  experiments  or  merely 
discuss  them  in  class. 

3.  By  the  action  between  elements. 

When  iron  is  heated  with  sulfur,  iron  sulfide,  FeS,  is  formed. 

Write  the  word-and-symbol  equation. 

Also  when  copper  reacts  with  chlorine,  copper  chloride, 
CuCl2,  is  formed. 

Write  the  word-and-symbol  equation. 

When  zinc  dust  (2  parts)  and  sulfur  (1  part)  are  mixed  and 
heated,  zinc  sulfide,  ZnS,  is  formed. 

4.  By  the  action  of  acids  on  oxides. 


SOLUTIONS   THAT   CONDUCT   THE  ELECTRIC   CURRENT     49 

Magnesium  oxide,  MgO,  reacts  with  hydrochloric  acid,  HC1, 
to  form  magnesium  chloride,  MgCl2,  and  water. 
Write  the  word-and-symbol  equation. 

5.  From  another  salt  when  a  gas  is  formed. 

The  salt  potassium   chlorate,   KC103,  when  heated  will 
give  a  new  salt,  potassium  chloride,  KG,  and  oxygen. 
Write  the  word-and-symbol  equation. 

6.  From  another  salt  when  an  insoluble  substance  is 
formed. 

If  a  solution  of  the  salt  barium  chloride,  BaCl2,  is  added  to 
a  solution  of  sodium  sulfate,  Na2S04,  two  new  salts  are  formed 
—  one  insoluble  salt,  barium  sulfate,  BaSC>4,  and  one  soluble 
salt,  sodium  chloride,  NaCl. 

Write  the  word-and-symbol  equation. 

EXPERIMENT   22 

(Class  Experiment) 

Solutions  That  Conduct  the  Electric  Current 

Materials.  An  electric  lighting  current,  distilled  water,  about 
half  normal  solutions  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  sulfuric  acid  and 
acetic  acid,  sodium  hydroxide,  ammonium  hydroxide,  sodium 
chloride,  zinc  sulfate,  sugar,  alcohol,  concentrated  sulfuric  acid. 

Apparatus.     A  lamp  block  with  a    16  candle-power  lamp,  an 

electric  cell  consisting  of  a  tall  10-cc.  beaker  and  2  platinum 

or  carbon  electrodes. 

Note:  If  the  solution  of  a  substance  in  water  will  conduct  the  electric 
current,  the  substance  is  called  an  electrolyte. 

If  it  will  not  conduct  a  current  it  is  a  non-electrolyte. 

A.    Conducting  Power  of  Pure  Water. 

1.    Connect  an  electric  lighting  current  in  series  with  a  16 

candle-power  electric  lamp  and  cell  consisting  of  a  small  beaker 


50  ACIDS,   BASES,   AND   SALTS 

and  two  carbon  electrodes.     The  lamp  cuts  down  the  current 
strength  and  indicates  the  passing  of  a  current  by  lighting. 

2.  Pour  distilled  water  into  the  beaker  until  the  electrodes 
are  completely  immersed.  Does  the  lamp  glow?  Will 
pure  water  conduct  the  electric  current  ? 

B.  Conducting  Power  of  Concentrated  Sulfuric  Acid. 

1.  Immerse  perfectly  dry  electrodes  in  a  cell  of  concen- 
trated sulfuric  acid.  Does  the  lamp  glow?  Will  pure 
concentrated  sulfuric  acid  conduct  the  electric  current? 

C.  Conducting  Power  of  Solutions  of  Acids. 

1.  Dissolve  one  drop  of  sulfuric  acid  in  the  distilled  water 
in  the  cell.  Does  the  lamp  glow?  Will  a  water  solution 
of  sulfuric  acid  conduct  the  electric  current?  Is  sulfuric 
acid  an  electrolyte  ? 

2.  Remove  and  wash  the  electrodes  and  replace  the  solu- 
tion of  sulfuric  acid  with  a  dilute  solution  of  hydrochloric 
acid.     Result  ? 

3.  Remove  and  wash  the  electrodes  and  replace  solution 
of  hydrochloric  acid  with  a  solution  of  acetic  acid.  Does  the 
lamp  glow  as  brightly  as  in  (1)  or  (2)?  Does  the  acetic 
acid  conduct  the  current  as  well  as  hydrochloric  acid  ?  The 
action  of  these  acids  is  characteristic  of  nearly  all  acids. 
Acids  in  water  give  ions.  The  ions  carry  the  current.  What 
ions  does  sulfuric  acid  give?  What  ions  does  hydrochloric 
acid  give?  What  ions  does  acetic  acid  give?  What  ions 
do  all  acids  give?  Some  substances  in  solution  give  more 
ions  than  others.  The  one  that  gives  the  most  ions  conducts 
the  current  best.  The  acid  that  gives  the  most  hydrogen 
ions  is  the  strongest  acid  (the  concentrations  being  the  same) . 

Which  of  the  three  acids  above  are  strong?  which  weak? 


SOLUTIONS   THAT  CONDUCT   THE  ELECTRIC  CURRENT      51 

D.  Conducting  Power  of  Solutions  of  Bases. 

1.  Replace  the  acid  solution  by  a  solution  of  sodium  hy- 
droxide.    Result?     Is  sodium  hydroxide  an  electrolyte? 

2.  Repeat,  using  ammonium  hydroxide.  Does  the  lamp 
glow  as  brightly  as  (1)  ?  Does  ammoni  m  hydroxide  con- 
duct the  current  as  well  as  a  solution  of  sodium  hydroxide? 

What  ions  does  sodium  hydroxide  give  ? 

What  ions  does  ammonium  hydroxide  give  ? 

What  ions  are  common  to  all  bases? 

The  base  giving  most  hydroxyl  ions  is  the  strongest  (the 
concentrations  being  the  same  in  each  case) .  Which  is  the 
stronger  base,  sodium  hydroxide  or  ammonium  hydroxide  ? 

E.  Conducting  Power  of  Solutions  of  Salts. 

1.  Place  in  the  beaker  a  solution  of  sodium  chloride. 
Result?     What  ions  does  sodium  chloride  give  in  solution? 

2.  Repeat,  using  a  solution  of  zinc  sulfate.  Result? 
What  ions  does  zinc  sulfate  give  in  solution?  In  general, 
what  ions  do  all  the  more  common  salts  give  in  solution  ? 

F.  Conducting  Power  of  Non-electrolytes. 

1.  Place  in  the  beaker  a  solution  of  sugar.  Does  it  con- 
duct the  electric  current  ?     Why  ? 

2.  Repeat,  using  a  solution  of  alcohol.  Does  it  conduct 
the  current  ?     Why  ? 

Questions 

1 .  What  electrolytes  did  you  study  in  this  experiment  ? 

2.  What  non-electrolytes  did  you  study? 

3.  Define  an  acid,  a  base,  and  a  salt  with  reference  to  the 
ions  they  give  in  solution. 

4.  Define  a  strong  acid. 

5.  Define  a  concentrated  acid. 


52  THE  HALOGENS  AND   HYDROCHLORIC  ACID 

VI.  THE  HALOGENS  AND  HYDROCHLORIC  ACID 

EXPERIMENT    23 
Chlorine,  Bromine,  and  Iodine 

Materials.  Bleaching  powder  (fresh),  4  7V  sulfuric  acid,  strips 
of  colored  calico,  white  cloth,  colored  flowers,  potassium  iodide, 
potassium  bromide,  starch  paste,  and  alcohol. 

Apparatus.  500-cc.  Florence  flask,  stopper,  thistle  tube,  de- 
livery tubes,  gas  bottles,  250-cc.  Florence  flask,  test  tubes,  and 
beaker. 

Caution:  Chlorine  is  poisonous.  The  instructor  usually  performs  the 
experiment. 

A.  Preparation  of  Chlorine. 

1.  Place  50  grams  of  bleaching  powder  (chlorinated  lime) 
in  a  500  cc.  Florence  flask.  To  the  flask  fit  a  stopper 
containing  a  thistle  tube  and  a  delivery  tube.  The  delivery 
tube  should  extend  to  the  bottom  of  a  dry  bottle  covered 
with  cardboard.  The  gas  is  heavier  than  air  and  may  be 
collected  by  displacement  of  air. 

Through  the  thistle  tube  add  about  50  cc.  of  4  N  sulfuric 
acid.  If  necessary,  warm  the  flask  gently.  Collect  four 
bottles  of  the  gas  and  cover  them  with  glass  plates.  Com- 
plete the  equation,  naming  the  substances  : 

CaOCl2+H2S04^ 

B.  Properties  of  Chlorine. 

1.  Extend  the  delivery  tube  into  the  bottle  half  filled 
with  water.     Does  chlorine  dissolve  in  water  ? 

2.  Note  the  color  of  chlorine  gas,  and  very  carefully  note 
its  odor  by  wafting  to  the  nose  by  the  hand. 

3.  In  another  bottle  suspend  a  strip  of  moist  calico  and 
a  strip  of  dry,  colored  calico.     Explain  the  water's  action. 


CHLORINE,   BROMINE,   AND  IODINE  53 

4.  In  another  bottle  place  violets  or  a  carnation.  Re- 
sult? 

5.  In  the  fourth  bottle  suspend  a  strip  of  moist  white 
cloth  having  an  ink  stain.     Result  ? 

6.  Into  the  "chlorine  water"  prepared  in  (1)  place  a 
strip  of  white  goods  having  an  ink  stain. 

7.  Explain  the  use  of  bleaching  powder  (chlorinated  lime) 
in  removing  stains  and  in  bleaching  goods,  and  as  a  disin- 
fectant. 

C.  Preparation  and  Properties  of  Bromine. 

1.  Place  5  grams  of  powdered  potassium  bromide  and  3 
grams  of  manganese  dioxide  in  a  250  cc.  Florence  flask.  Add 
20  cc.  of  4  N  sulfuric  acid.  Warm  if  necessary.  Write  the 
equation  for  the  preparation. 

2.  Note  the  color  and  the  odor  of  the  bromine  gas.  At 
an  ordinary  temperature  bromine  is  a  liquid.  It  is  the 
only  liquid  non-metal.  Examine  some  liquid  bromine. 
Pour  a  drop  of  bromine  into  water.  Does  it  dissolve  ?  Is  it 
heavier  or  lighter  than  water  ? 

D.  Preparation  and  Properties  of  Iodine. 

1.  Repeat  C,  1  using  potassium  iodide  instead  of  potas- 
sium bromide.  Write  the  equation  for  the  preparation  of 
iodine. 

2.  Note  the  color  of  iodine  vapor.  What  collects  upon 
the  cold  neck  of  the  flask  ? 

3.  Examine  crystals  of  iodine.  Describe  them.  Put  a 
crystal  in  a  test  tube  and  heat  it.  Result?  What  collects 
on  the  sides  of  the  tube?     Explain. 

4.  Try  to  dissolve  a  crystal  of  iodine  in  water.  Result? 
Pour  off  the  water  and  add  alcohol.     The  solution  of  iodine 


54  THE  HALOGENS  AND  HYDROCHLORIC  ACID 

in  alcohol  is  called  "tincture  of  iodine."     What  is  this  used 
for? 

5.  To  a  beaker  of  water  add  1  drop  of  starch  paste  and  then 
1  drop  of  the  tincture  of  iodine  prepared  in  (4).  Result? 
This  is  a  test  for  starch. 


EXPERIMENT    24 
Preparation  and  Properties  of  Hydrochloric  Acid,  HC1 

Materials.  30  g.  portions  of  NaCl,  4  N  sulfuric  acid,  litmus 
paper,  splints,  blue  litmus  solution,  silver  nitrate  solution,  am- 
monium hydroxide,  nitric  acid,  potassium  chloride. 

Apparatus.  250  cc.  Florence  flask,  delivery  tubes,  gas  bottles, 
large  beaker,  test  tubes,  thistle  tube. 

A.   Preparation  of  the  Gas  Hydrogen  Chloride. 

1.  Put  about  30  grams  of  sodium  chloride  (common  salt) 
into  your  250  cc.  Florence  flask.  Insert  the  2-hole  rubber 
stopper  containing  the  thistle  tube  and  delivery  tube.  At- 
tach the  long  delivery  tube  to  the  short  one  and  extend  it 
into  a  dry  gas  bottle  covered  with  cardboard.  Add  through 
the  thistle  tube  about  50  cc.  of  sulfuric  acid  and  warm 
gently.  Collect  2  bottles  of  gas  hydrogen  chloride.  The 
bottles  are  full  when  a  piece  of  moist  blue  litmus  paper  held 
at  the  mouth  turns  pink.  Cover  them  with  about  50  cc. 
of  water,  forming  hydrochloric  acid.  Write  the  word-and- 
symbol  equation  for  the  preparation  of  the  gas  hydrogen 
chloride. 

B.   Properties  of  the  Gas  Hydrogen  Chloride. 

1.  Note  the  color  and  odor  of  the  gas.  Is  it  heavier  than 
air? 


SULFUR   AND   COMPOUNDS  OF  SULFUR  55 

2.  Thrust  a  lighted  splint  into  one  of  the  bottles.  Does 
hydrogen  chloride  burn  ?     Does  it  support  combustion  ? 

3.  Fill  your  large  beaker  with  water  and  add  1  cc.  of  blue 
litmus  solution.  Uncover  the  second  bottle  of  the  gas  and 
invert  it  quickly  in  the  beaker  of  water.  Explain  the  result. 
C.   Properties  of  Hydrochloric  Acid. 

1.  Remove  the  delivery  tube  from  the  bottle  containing 
the  water  in  which  the  hydrogen  chloride  has  dissolved, 
forming  hydrochloric  acid.  Test  the  liquid  with  blue  litmus 
paper.  Result?  Taste  a  drop  of  the  liquid.  Result? 
What  is  the  hydrochloric  acid  on  your  desk  ? 

2.  Place  5  cc.  of  the  hydrochloric  acid  which  you  prepared 
in  a  test  tube  and  add  a  drop  of  silver  nitrate.  What  is  the 
white  precipitate  formed  ?  Write  the  word-and-symbol  equa- 
tion. Divide  the  precipitate  into  two  parts.  To  one  part 
add  ammonium  hydroxide  till  the  liquid  is  alkaline.  Result  ? 
To  the  other  part  add  nitric  acid.     Result  ? 

3.  Repeat  (2),  using  any  soluble  chloride  instead  of  hy- 
drochloric acid.  Result?  Write  the  equation  to  show  the 
formation  of  silver  chloride. 

State  the  test  for  hydrochloric  acid  and  its  salts.  What 
is  the  general  method  for  the  preparation  of  an  acid? 

VII.     SULFUR   AND    COMPOUNDS   OF   SULFUR 
EXPERIMENT    25 

Sulfur  and  Compounds  of  Sulfur 

Materials.     Sulfur,    colored    goods,    a  colored  flower,   sodium 

sulfite,  concentrated  sulfuric  acid. 
Apparatus.     Deflagrating  spoons,  gas  bottle,  pneumatic  trough, 

litmus  paper,  flask,  test  tubes,  safety  tube,  delivery  tube. 


56  SULFUR  AND   COMPOUNDS  OF  SULFUR 

A.  Sulfur. 

1.  Note  the  physical  properties  of  sulfur,  i.e.  color,  odor, 
taste. 

2.  Boil  some  sulfur  in  a  test  tube  half  full  of  water.  Filter 
and  note  that  the  water  is  pale  yellow.  Is  sulfur  soluble 
in  water? 

3.  What  are  some  of  the  uses  of  sulfur? 

B.  Sulfur  Dioxide,  S02. 

1.  Place  about  20  grams  of  sodium  sulfite  in  a  flask.  In- 
sert the  stopper  with  a  thistle  tube  and  delivery  tube.  Add 
concentrated  sulfuric  acid  through  the  thistle  tube.  Warm 
the  flask  if  necessary.  Collect  the  gas  by  downward  dis- 
placement of  air.  Fill  3  bottles.  Write  the  equation  to 
show  the  reaction  that  takes  place  in  this  method  of  prepar- 
ing sulfur  dioxide. 

Note:  Sulfur  dioxide  can  also  be  prepared  by  burning  sulfur  in  the  air. 
Write  the  equation. 

2.  Note  the  physical  properties  of  the  gas,  i.e.  the  color 
and  odor.  Half  fill  your  trough  with  water  and  quickly 
invert  one  bottle  of  sulfur  dioxide  in  it.  Is  sulfur  dioxide 
soluble  in  water?  When  the  water  no  longer  rises  slip  a 
glass  plate  over  the  mouth  of  the  bottle  and  place  it  right 
side  up  on  the  table.  Taste  the  liquid  in  the  bottle.  Test 
it  with  red  and  with  blue  litmus.  What  is  formed  when  sulfur 
dioxide  dissolves  in  water  ?  Write  the  equation  to  show  the 
reaction. 

3.  Into  the  second  bottle  thrust  a  burning  splint.  Does 
sulfur  dioxide  burn  or  support  combustion  ? 

4.  Into  the  third  bottle  of  sulfur  dioxide  place  a  strip  of 
moistened  colored  goods  and  also  a  fresh  violet  or  carnation 


SULFURIC  ACID  AND  HYDROGEN  SULFIDE  57 

or  other  colored  flower.  This  illustrates  the  use  of  sulfur 
dioxide  as  a  bleaching  agent  for  nuts  and  fruits  before  they 
are  dried.  In  this  case  the  sulfur  dioxide  is  prepared  by 
burning  sulfur  in  air. 

EXPERIMENT   26 
Sulfuric  Acid  and  Hydrogen  Sulfide 

Materials.  Pine  splint,  concentrated  sulfuric  acid,  sugar,  sodium 
acetate,  distilled  water,  barium  chloride  solution,  hydrochloric 
acid,  and  ferrous  sulfide. 

Apparatus.  Test  tubes,  flask,  delivery  tube,  safety  tube,  litmus 
paper,  and  splints. 

A.    Sulfuric  Acid. 

1.  Pour  1  cc.  of  concentrated  sulfuric  acid  into  5  cc.  of 
water  in  a  test  tube.  {Caution:  Never  pour  the  water  into 
the  acid.)  Note  the  heat  produced  by  touching  the  bot- 
tom of  the  test  tube  to  the  hand. 

2.  Thrust  a  pine  splint  into  5  cc.  of  concentrated  sulfuric 
acid  in  a  test  tube.  Warm  gently.  Remove  the  splint  and 
note  result. 

3.  To  a  gram  of  sugar  in  another  test  tube  add  a  few  drops 
of  concentrated  sulfuric  acid.  Warm  and  explain  result. 
Write  the  equation  to  illustrate  in  a  general  way  what  took 
place.  Explain  why  concentrated  sulfuric  acid  causes  such 
serious  burns. 

4.  Half  fill  a  test  tube  with  distilled  water ,  then  add  a  drop 
of  concentrated  sulfuric  acid.  To  this  add  1  cc.  of  barium 
chloride  solution.  The  precipitate  is  barium  sulfate,  BaS04. 
Try  to  dissolve  the  precipitate  in  hydrochloric  acid.  Result 9 
In   nitric   acid.      Result?      State    the   test   in   your   own 


58  SULFUR   AND   COMPOUNDS  OF  SULFUR 

words.     Complete  the  following  equations,  naming  all  sub- 
stances : 

H2S04+BaCl2 — ^ 

Na2S04+BaCl2 — ^ 
B.   Hydrogen  Sulfide. 

1.  Set  up  your  flask  as  a  gas  generator.  In  it  place  10 
grams  of  ferrous  sulfide.  Add  hydrochloric  acid  through  the 
safety  tube.  Collect  a  bottle  of  the  gas  by  downward  dis- 
placement of  air.  Complete  the  following  equation  for 
the  reaction,  naming  all  substances : 

FeS+2  HC1— ^ 

2.  Note  the  physical  properties  of  the  gas,  i.e.  color,  odor. 

Note :  Let  the  gas  bubble  into  a  test  tube  of  water  while  you  are  studying 
the  properties  of  the  gas  in  the  bottle. 

3.  Thrust  a  burning  splint  into  the  bottle  of  gas  collected. 
Result? 

The  hydrogen  sulfide  is  oxidized  to  water  and  sulfur 
dioxide  when  it  burns.  Write  the  equation  for  the  reaction 
which  takes  place  when  hydrogen  sulfide  burns  in  the  air. 

2H2S+3  02 — ^ 

Sometimes  sulfur  is  precipitated  if  the  oxidation  is  incom- 
plete.   Write  an  equation  to  illustrate  this  reaction. 

2H2S+02-> 

Hydrogen  sulfide  is  a  strong  reducing  agent. 

4.  Test  the  solution  of  hydrogen  sulfide  prepared  in  (2) 
with  red  and  with  blue  litmus.  Result?  It  is  a  very  weak 
acid.  Put  a  drop  of  the  solution  on  a  silver  coin.  Result? 
Why  do  silver  spoons  turn  black  if  used  for  eating  eggs  ? 

5.  How  would  you  test  for  a  sulfide  ? 


CARBON  59 

VIII.     CARBON.     CARBON    DIOXIDE.     FLAMES 

EXPERIMENT    27 
Carbon 

Materials.  Potato,  bread,  meat,  starch,  sugar,  cotton,  paper, 
wood,  coal,  any  vegetable,  sand,  wood  charcoal,  lampblack, 
bone  black,  graphite,  coal,  sulfuric  acid,  sodium  hydroxide, 
brown  sugar,  copper  oxide. 

Apparatus.  Iron  pan,  ring  stand,  test  tubes,  filter  paper,  funnel, 
beaker,  hard-glass  test  tube. 

A.  Occurrence  of  Carbon. 

1.  Place  a  thin  layer  of  sand  in  a  small  iron  pan  and  on  it 
put  small  pieces  of  the  substances  listed  above.  Cover  the 
materials  with  sand  to  protect  from  the  action  of  the  air. 
Why?  Heat  until  smoking  ceases.  Cool  and  examine. 
What  has  happened  to  the  substances?  What  is  the  black 
residue  ? 

How  is  willow  charcoal  prepared  ?  How  is  animal  charcoal 
prepared  ?     For  what  purposes  are  these  substances  used  ? 

2.  Close  the  holes  in  the  Bunsen  burner ;  light  it  and  turn 
it  low.  This  makes  a  small  luminous  flame.  Hold  a  cold, 
dry  surface  or  evaporating  dish  in  this  flame.  Result? 
What  is  this  form  of  carbon  called  ? 

How  is  lampblack  prepared?  For  what  purpose  is  it 
used?  What  element  is  found  in  the  foods  we  eat  and  the 
fuels  we  burn  ? 

B.  Properties  of  Carbon. 

1.  In  five  different  test  tubes  place  respectively  about 
5  grams  of  wood  charcoal,  bone  black  (animal  charcoal), 
graphite,  lampblack,  coal. 


60  CARBON.      CARBON  DIOXIDE.      FLAMES 

Note  the  physical  properties  of  each. 
Place  small  portions  of  each  in  other  test  tubes  and  add 
some  water.     Are  any  of  the  forms  of  carbon  soluble  in  water  ? 

2.  Place  portions  of  each  in  other  tubes  and  add  some 
sulfuric  acid  or  any  acid.     Result  ? 

Repeat,  using  sodium  hydroxide.     Result? 

3.  Dissolve  20  grams  of  brown  sugar  in  100  cc.  of  water. 
Note  the  color  of  the  solution.  Add  10  grams  of  bone  black 
and  boil  for  ten  minutes.  Filter.  Note  the  color  of  the  fil- 
trate. Taste  it.  Where  is  the  sugar?  If  the  filtrate  is  not 
colorless,  add  some  more  bone  black ;  warm  and  filter  again 
till  it  is  colorless.     How  is  bone  black  used  in  sugar  refining  ? 

4.  In  a  hard-glass  test  tube  heat  for  10  minutes  a  mixture  of 
3  grams  of  powdered  wood  charcoal  with  3  grams  of  copper 
oxide.  Cool  and  pour  the  contents  upon  a  paper.  What  is 
the  reddish  material  ?     What  becomes  of  the  charcoal  ? 

Write  an  equation  to  show  the  reducing  action  of  carbon 
in  this  case. 

EXPERIMENT    28 

Carbon  Dioxide,  C02 

Materials.  Marble  chips,  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  splints,  lime- 
water. 

Apparatus.  Flask,  safety  tube,  stopper,  delivery  tube,  bottles, 
beaker,  test  tubes. 

A.   Preparation  of  Carbon  Dioxide. 

1.  Place  some  pieces  of  marble  in  your  250  cc.  flask.  Insert 
the  stopper  containing  the  safety  tube  and  the  delivery  tube. 
Add  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  through  the  safety  tube,  a  few 
centimeters  at  a  time. 

2.  Collect  three  bottles  of  the  gas  by  downward  displace- 


CARBON  DIOXIDE,   C02  61 

ment  of  air.     The  bottle  is  full  when  the  flame  of  a  burning 
splint  held  at  its  mouth  is  extinguished. 

3.  Write  the  equation  for  the  reaction  between  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  marble  in  the  preparation  of  carbon 
dioxide. 

B.    Properties  of  Carbon  Dioxide. 

1.  Note  the  chief  physical  properties  of  carbon  dioxide. 
Test  its  solubility  in  water  by  inserting  one  of  the  bottles  of 
the  gas  in  a  beaker  of  water.  Let  it  stand.  Does  the  water 
rise?     Is  carbon  dioxide  soluble  in  water? 

2.  Into  a  second  bottle  of  the  gas  thrust  a  burning  splint. 
Result  ?     What  use  does  this  suggest  for  the  gas  ? 

3.  Prove  that  the  gas  is  heavier  than  air  by  pouring  a 
bottle  of  it  into  an  empty  bottle  as  if  it  were  a  liquid.  Test 
for  its  presence  in  the  second  bottle  with  the  burning  splint. 
Result? 

4.  Extend  the  delivery  tube  from  the  generator  into  10  cc. 
of  limewater  in  a  test  tube  and  allow  the  carbon  dioxide 
to  bubble  through  the  limewater.  What  is  the  white  precipi- 
tate obtained?  Write  the  equation  for  the  reaction.  This 
is  a  test  for  carbon  dioxide. 

5.  Prove  that  air  exhaled  from  the  lungs  contains  carbon 
dioxide  by  blowing  some  air  through  10  cc.  of  fresh  lime- 
water  in  a  test  tube.  Explain  the  presence  of  carbon  dioxide 
in  the  air  exhaled  from  the  lungs. 

6.  Burn  a  splint  in  a  bottle.  Cover  the  bottle.  Add 
limewater  and  shake.     Result?     Explain. 

7.  Burn  a  piece  of  paper  in  a  bottle.  Cover  the  bottle. 
Add  limewater  and  shake.     Result?     Explain. 

8.  Any  substance  which  contains  carbon  will  form  carbon 


62  CARBON.      CARBON  DIOXIDE.      FLAMES 

dioxide   when   it  burns.      The   limewater    test    for    carbon 
dioxide  is  therefore  an  indirect  test  for  carbon. 

Note:  If  there  is  time,  perform  A,  i  and  B,  i  of  Experiment  29. 

EXPERIMENT    29 
Carbonic  Acid  and  Carbonates 

Materials.  Carbon  dioxide  generator,  sodium  hydroxide,  sodium 
bicarbonate,  copper  carbonate,  magnesium  carbonate,  sodium 
bicarbonate,  hydrochloric  or  sulfuric  acids,  limewater,  baking 
soda,  washing  soda,  boiler  scale,  sea  shells,  limestone. 

Apparatus.     Evaporating  dish,  test  tubes. 

A.  Carbonic  Acid,  H2C03. 

1.  Pass  some  of  the  carbon  dioxide  gas  from  the  generator 
used  in  Experiment  28  through  25  cc.  of  water.  The  gas 
combines  with  the  water  to  form  carbonic  acid.  Write  the 
equation  for  the  reaction.  Taste  the  liquid.  Result  ?  Test 
the  acid  formed  with  blue  litmus  paper.     Result? 

Now  explain  what  soda  water  is. 

B.  Salts  of  Carbonic  Acid,  the  Carbonates. 

1 .  Pass  carbon  dioxide  through  20  cc.  of  solution  of  sodium 
hydroxide  in  a  test  tube  as  long  as  any  gas  is  absorbed.  Pour 
the  solution  into  your  evaporating  dish  and  evaporate  to 
dryness.  What  substance  remains?  Write  the  equation 
for  the  reaction. 

2.  In  labeled  tubes  obtain  1  gram  of  sodium  bicarbonate, 
copper  carbonate,  magnesium  carbonate,  and  sodium  carbon- 
ate. Note  the  physical  properties  of  each.  Place  half  of  the 
sodium  bicarbonate  in  another  test  tube,  add  20  cc.  of  water, 
warm,  and  shake.     Is  sodium  bicarbonate  soluble  in  water? 

In  like  manner  test  the  solubilitv  of  the  other  carbonates 


FLAMES  63 

you  obtained.     Make  a  table  showing  which  of  the  carbon- 
ates tested  are  soluble  in  water  and  which  are  insoluble. 

3.  To  the  other  half  of  the  sodium  bicarbonate  add  either 
dilute  hydrochloric  or  sulfuric  acid.  Carbon  dioxide  gas  is 
evolved.  Prove  this  by  holding  a  drop  of  limewater  on  a 
stirring  rod  in  the  gas  coming  from  the  tube.  If  the  drop 
becomes  milky,  carbon  dioxide  is  indicated. 

Write  the  equation  for  the  reaction. 

In  like  manner  test  the  action  of  an  acid  on  the  other  car- 
bonates you  obtained.  Write  the  equations  for  the  reactions 
in  each  case.  All  carbonates,  when  treated  with  hydro- 
chloric or  sulfuric  acid,  evolve  carbon  dioxide.  This  is  the 
test  for  a  carbonate. 

4.  Test  baking  soda  for  a  carbonate.    What  is  baking  soda  ? 

5.  Test  washing  soda  for  a  carbonate.  What  is  washing 
soda? 

6.  Test  boiler  scale  from  a  teakettle  at  home  for  a  carbon- 
ate.    What  is  boiler  scale  ? 

7.  Test  coral,  oyster  shell,  or  any  other  sea  shell  for  a  car- 
bonate.    Of  what  are  sea  shells  composed  chiefly? 

8.  Test  limestone  for  a  carbonate.     What  is  limestone  ? 

EXPERIMENT   30 

Flames 

Materials.     Candles,  splints,  powdered  wood  charcoal. 
Apparatus.     Glass  elbow  or  tube,  wire  screen,  evaporating  dish. 

A.    Candle  Flame. 

1.  Place  a  lighted  candle  so  that  the  flame  is  against  a 
black  background  and  note  the  different  cones  in  the  flame. 
Draw  a  diagram  showing  the  different  parts  of  the  flame. 


64  CARBON.      CARBON  DIOXIDE.      FLAMES 

2.  Test  the  different  cones  in  the  flame  with  a  small  splint. 
Which  is  the  hottest  cone  ? 

3.  Blow  out  the  flame  and  hold  a  lighted  splint  in  the  little 
column  of  smoke  coming  from  the  wick.     Explain  the  result. 

4.  Candle  wax  is  composed  chiefly  of  carbon  and  hydrogen. 
What  then  are  the  chief  products  of  combustion  when  a 
candle  burns  in  the  air?  Prove  the  presence  of  these  prod- 
ucts by  very  simple  experiments. 

B.    Bunsen  Flame. 

1.  Draw  the  diagram  of  a  Bunsen  flame. 

2.  Test  the  different  cones  in  the  flame  with  small  splints. 
Which  is  the  hottest  flame?  Hold  a  splint  horizontally  in  the 
base  of  the  Bunsen  flame  for  three  seconds.  Explain  the 
result. 

3.  Put  one  end  of  a  glass  elbow  or  glass  tube  in  the  inner 
cone  just  above  the  burner  tube  and  light  the  gas  at  the  end 
of  the  glass  tube.  Raise  the  tube  until  it  is  in  the  Bunsen 
flame's  second  cone.  Result  ?  What  is  the  inner  cone  of  the 
Bunsen  flame? 

4.  Press  the  wire  screen  down  in  the  Bunsen  flame.  Why 
does  the  flame  not  burn  above  the  screen?  Light  the  gas 
above  the  screen.  Turn  the  gas  off,  then  turn  it  on  again 
and  light  it  above  the  wire  screen  held  about  two  inches 
above  the  top  of  the  burner.     Explain. 

5.  Shake  some  powdered  wood  charcoal  into  a  non-lumi- 
nous Bunsen  flame.  Explain  the  result.  Beat  some  of  the 
chalk  dust  from  a  blackboard  eraser  into  a  non-luminous 
flame.     Explain  the  result. 

6.  Make  the  Bunsen  flame  luminous  by  closing  the  holes 
in  the  tube.     Hold  a  clean,  dry  evaporating  dish  in  the 


FLAMES  65 

luminous  flame.  Why  is  carbon  (lampblack)  deposited? 
Will  a  non-luminous  flame  deposit  soot?  What  makes  a 
flame  luminous  ? 

7.  The  flame  produced  by  the  burner  of  the  kitchen  range 
is  non-luminous.  Explain  how  the  burner  is  constructed  to 
produce  this  non-luminous  flame.     Draw  a  diagram. 

What  advantages  has  a  non-luminous  flame  over  a  lumi- 
nous one  in  such  a  range  ?  How  could  the  same  gas  that  is 
used  for  lighting  purposes  in  the  range  be  used  for  lighting 
the  home  ? 


PART   II 

SECOND   TERM'S  WORK 
IX.     COMMON   ORGANIC   COMPOUNDS 

An  organic  compound  is  one  that  contains  carbon.  Or- 
ganic chemistry  is  the  study  of  compounds  containing  car- 
bon. Carbon  monoxide,  carbon  dioxide,  carbonic  acid,  and 
the  carbonates  are  organic  compounds,  but  for  the  sake  of 
convenience,  and  because  of  their  common  occurrence,  they 
are  usually  studied  in  inorganic  chemistry. 

The  simplest  organic  compounds  are  composed  of  carbon, 
hydrogen,  and  oxygen.  The  more  complex  compounds 
found  in  plant  and  animal  tissues  are  composed  of  carbon, 
hydrogen,  oxygen,  nitrogen,  sulfur,  and  phosphorus  in 
varying  proportions.  These  complex  bodies  are  usually 
decomposed  when  heated,  leaving  a  black  residue  of  car- 
bon. This  is  called  a  "charring  test"  for  an  organic 
compound. 

Some  substances,  like  kerosene,  when  heated,  burn  leaving 
no  residue  of  carbon.  Such  substances  burn  with  a  lumi- 
nous flame  that  deposits  "soot,"  which  is  carbon,  upon  a  cool 
surface.  This  is  also  a  test  for  an  organic  substance.  This 
is  called  the  "soot  test." 

66 


TESTS  FOR  ORGANIC  COMPOUNDS 


67 


There  are  other  substances,  like  alcohol  and  ether,  which 
neither  leave  a  residue  nor  deposit  "soot"  when  they  burn. 
If  a  drop  of  limewater  is  held  over  such  a  flame,  the  presence 
of  carbon  dioxide  may  be  detected.  This  test  holds  good 
for  any  organic  substance,  for  carbon  dioxide  is  always  formed 
when  such  a  substance  burns. 


EXPERIMENT    31 
Tests  for  Organic  Compounds 

Materials.  Flour,  sugar,  salt,  baking  powder,  wood,  milk, 
talcum  powder,  kerosene,  gasoline,  paraffine,  turpentine,  olive 
oil,  lard,  ether,  limewater,  alcohol. 

Apparatus.  Bunsen  burner,  evaporating  dish,  test  tubes,  stirring 
rod. 

A.    "  Charring  Test  "  for  an  Organic  Compound. 

1.  Heat  about  2  grams  of  flour  in  an  evaporating  dish. 
Note  the  results.  What  remains?  Heat  the  black  residue 
strongly.  Will  it  burn?  Continue  heating  till  the  carbon 
has  entirely  disappeared.  What  is  the  white  ash  that  re- 
mains? Does  flour  contain  organic  compounds?  Does  it 
contain  inorganic  compounds?     Clean  the  dish  with  sapolio. 

2.  In  like  manner  heat  a  very  small  amount  of  sugar,  salt, 
baking  powder,  wood,  milk,  talcum  powder.  Tabulate 
your  results  as  follows : 


Organic  Compounds 

Inorganic  Compounds 

Organic  and  Inorganic 
Compounds 

68  COMMON  ORGANIC  COMPOUNDS 

B.  "  Soot  Test  "  for  Organic  Compounds  Which  Do  Not  Char  When 

Heated. 

1.  Heat  in  a  dry  evaporating  dish  1  cc.  of  kerosene  until 
it  burns.  Is  the  flame  colored?  Hold  a  cold  glass  plate 
in  the  flame.  Result  ?  What  is  the  black  deposit  ?  Is  kero- 
sene an  organic  compound?     Is  there  a  residue? 

2.  In  like  manner  test  gasoline,  paraffine,  turpentine, 
olive  oil,  and  lard.     State  the  result  in  each  case. 

C.  "  Carbon  Dioxide  Test  "  for  Organic  Compounds. 

1.  Heat  1  cc.  of  ether  in  an  evaporating  dish  till  it  burns. 
Is  the  flame  colored  ?  Hold  a  cold  glass  plate  over  the  flame. 
Does  it  deposit  " soot"  ?  Obtain  5  cc.  of  clear  limewater  in  a 
clean  test  tube.  Dip  the  stirring  rod  in  the  limewater  and 
hold  the  clear  drop  over  the  flame.  Does  the  drop  become 
milky?     Explain  fully. 

2.  In  the  same  way  test  alcohol.  Is  it  an  organic  com- 
pound? 

3.  Mix  5  grams  of  sugar  with  5  grams  of  powdered  copper 
oxide.  Place  the  mixture  in  a  hard-glass  test  tube  fitted  with 
a  delivery  tube  that  dips  into  10  cc.  of  limewater  in  another 
test  tube.  Heat  the  mixture.  Note  the  drops  of  water  on  the 
cool  upper  portion  of  the  test  tube.  Explain.  Note  the 
precipitate  produced  in  the  limewater.  Explain.  What  is 
the  reddish  material  in  the  test  tube?  Explain.  The  re- 
actions that  take  place  are  as  follows : 

(1)  C12H22On+24  CuO  — ^  11  H20+12  C02+24  Cu 

(2)  C02+Ca(OH)2  — ^  CaCQ3+H2Q 

The  carbon  dioxide  test  is  the  best  test  for  carbon  in  a  com- 
pound. 


HYDROCARBONS  69 

HYDROCARBONS 

The  hydrocarbons  are  organic  compounds  composed  of 
hydrogen  and  carbon.  Methane  CH4,  ethane  C2H6,  and 
acetylene,  C2H2,  are  the  most  common  gaseous  hydrocarbons. 
Gasoline,  kerosene,  benzene,  and  turpentine  are  liquid 
hydrocarbons.  They  contain  a  greater  number  of  carbon 
and  hydrogen  atoms  than  do  the  gases.  The  solid  hydro- 
carbons, like  paraffine  and  vaseline,  contain  a  still  higher  num- 
ber of  carbon  atoms.  The  gases  burn  readily.  Illuminating 
and  fuel  gases  usually  contain  one  or  more  of  them.  The 
liquids  are  volatile  and  inflammable.  They  are  good  solvents 
for  fats  and  waxes. 

Note:  For  further  information  concerning  the  hydrocarbons  read  almost 
any  up-to-date  elementary  textbook  on  chemistry  or  a  good  organic  chemistry 
such  as  Norris'  "  Organic  Chemistry,"  or  Stoddard's  "  Introduction  to  Organic 
Chemistry." 

EXPERIMENT   32 

Hydrocarbons 

Materials.  Calcium  carbide,  gasoline,  kerosene,  lard  or  butter, 
paraffine  candles,  chloroform,  benzene,  carbon  tetrachloride. 

Apparatus.  Test  tubes,  test  tube  rack,  evaporating  dish,  stirring 
rod. 

A.  Composition  of  Hydrocarbons. 

1 .  Explain  how  you  would  prove  the  presence  of  hydrogen 
in  a  substance.      (See  Experiment  12,  A.) 

2.  Explain  how  you  would  test  for  carbon  a  substance 
which  does  not  char  when  heated.  (See  Experiment  31, 
B  and  C.) 

B.  Some  Common  Gaseous  Hydrocarbons. 

1.  Light  the  gas  from  the  Bunsen  burner.  Test  for  hydro- 
gen by  the  method  explained  above,  i.e.  hold  a  cold  object 


70  COMMON  ORGANIC  COMPOUNDS 

above  the  flame  and  look  for  drops  of  water.  Does  illumi- 
nating gas  contain  hydrogen  ?  Now  explain  why  a  cold  flat- 
iron  or  a  teakettle  filled  with  cold  water  becomes  wet  when 
first  placed  over  a  gas  burner  of  the  kitchen  range.  Make 
the  flame  colored  by  closing  the  hole  in  the  burner.  Apply 
the  test  for  carbon  given  above,  i.e.  hold  a  cold  object  in  the 
flame.  Is  "soot"  deposited?  Does  illuminating  gas  con- 
tain carbon?  Methane  is  the  chief  hydrocarbon  in  illumi- 
nating gas.  What  is  its  formula  ?  Write  the  equation,  indi- 
cating the  products  formed  when  methane  burns. 

2.  Half  fill  a  test  tube  with  water  and  prepare  to  work 
rapidly.  Stand  it  in  the  rack  and  drop  into  it  a  piece  of  cal- 
cium carbide  about  the  size  of  a  bean.  Note  the  odor  of  the 
acetylene.  Light  the  escaping  gas.  Describe  the  flame. 
How  can  the  gas  be  used  for  lighting  purposes  ?  The  formula 
for  acetylene  is  C2H2.  Write  the  equation  for  the  formation 
of  acetylene  from  calcium  carbide  and  water.  Write  the 
equation,  indicating  the  products  formed  when  acetylene 
burns  in  the  air  depositing  much  soot.  With  the  proper  kind 
of  burner  acetylene  may  be  used  for  illuminating  purposes. 
Enough  air  is  admitted  to  completely  burn  the  acetylene  and 
no  soot  is  formed.  Write  an  equation  for  the  complete 
combustion  of  acetylene. 

C.    Some  Common  Liquid  Hydrocarbons. 

1.  Pour  1  cc.  of  gasoline  into  an  evaporating  dish  and  the 
same  volume  of  kerosene  into  another.  (Two  students  may 
perform  this  test  together.)  Note  the  time  it  takes  each  to 
evaporate.     Which  is  the  more  volatile  ? 

2.  Test  the  inflammability  of  each  hydrocarbon  by  dip- 
ping the  end  of  the  stirring  rod  into  the  liquid  and  then 


HYDROCARBONS  71 

bringing  it  to  the  tip,  of  the  flame.  Which  substance  is  the 
most  inflammable?  Why  should  you  be  so  careful  in  using 
gasoline  near  a  flame  ? 

3.  Dissolve  some  fat,  such  as  butter  or  lard,  in  kerosene  and 
in  gasoline.  Which  of  these  liquids  is  best  to  use  in  cleaning 
spots  from  clothing  ?     Why  ? 

4.  What  is  the  source  of  gasoline  and  kerosene? 

5.  Benzene  has  the  formula  C6H6.  It  is  called  an  aro- 
matic hydrocarbon.  Note  its  odor ;  test  its  inflammability. 
What  is  the  source  of  benzene?  WThat  are  some  of  the  im- 
portant commercial  products  formed  from  benzene? 

D.  Solid  Hydrocarbons. 

1.  Paraffine  is  a  solid  hydrocarbon.  Obtain  a  paraffine 
candle,  light  it,  and  prove  that  it  contains  hydrogen  and 
carbon. 

2.  What  is  the  source  of  paraffine? 

3.  What  is  vaseline  ? 

E.  Chloroform  and  Carbon  Tetrachloride. 

Part  or  all  of  the  hydrogen  atoms  in  methane,  CH4,  and  in 
the  other  hydrocarbons  may  be  replaced  by  different  ele- 
ments and  radicals.  If  one  hydrogen  atom  in  methane  is 
replaced  by  chlorine,  raowo-chlor-methane,  CH3CI,  is  formed. 
If  two  are  replaced,  cZi-chlor-methane,  CH2CI2,  is  formed. 
If  three  are  replaced,  ^n-chlor-methane,  CHCI3,  is  formed ; 
this  is  chloroform.  If  four  are  replaced,  ^ra-chlor-methane, 
CCU,  is  formed ;   this  is  carbon  tetrachloride. 

1.  Obtain  5  cc.  of  chloroform.  Note  its  odor.  Place  a 
drop  on  your  hand.     Is  it  volatile  ? 

2.  Dip  the  stirring  rod  into  it  and  hold  it  in  the  flame. 
Is  it  inflammable  ? 


72  COMMON  ORGANIC   COMPOUNDS 

3.  Try  to  dissolve  a  drop  of  olive  oil  in  it.     Result? 

4.  Chloroform  is  an  anaesthetic  and  is  a  useful  and  safe 
cleansing  agent,  since  it  is  non-inflammable. 

5.  Obtain  5  cc.  of  carbon  tetrachloride.  Note  its  odor. 
Place  a  drop  on  your  hand.     Is  it  volatile  ? 

6.  By  means  of  the  stirring  rod  test  its  inflammability. 
Result?  Pour  some  on  a  burning  splint.  Result?  It  is 
sold  as  "Pyrene"  for  extinguishing  fires. 

7.  Try  to  dissolve  olive  oil  in  it.  Result?  It  is  much 
used  for  cleansing  purposes.  It  is  the  chief  constituent  of 
"Carbona." 

ALCOHOLS 

Alcohols  are  organic  hydroxides.  The  hydrogen  atoms 
in  a  hydrocarbon  may  be  replaced  by  elements  or  radicals. 
If  a  hydrogen  atom  is  replaced  by  a  hydroxy  1  group,  we  have 
an  alcohol.  For  example,  the  hydrocarbon  methane  has  the 
formula  CH4.  Replace  one  hydrogen  atom  by  the  hydroxyl 
group  OH  and  we  have  CH3OH,  which  is  methyl  alcohol,  called 
wood  alcohol.  Similarly,  the  hydrocarbon  ethane  is  C2H6. 
Remove  one  hydrogen  atom  and  replace  it  by  OH  and  we 
have  C2H5OH,  ethyl  alcohol,  called  common  alcohol  or  grain 
alcohol.  These  organic  hydroxides,  like  the  inorganic  hydrox- 
ides, will  combine  with  acids  to  form  organic  salts,  called  esters. 
In  every  other  respect  they  are  unlike  inorganic  hydroxides. 
Although  the  common  alcohols  are  soluble  in  water,  the 
solutions  will  not  conduct  an  electric  current  or  affect  litmus 
or  feel  slippery.  Methyl  alcohol  and  ethyl  alcohol  are 
volatile,  colorless  liquids,  having  rather  pleasant  odors. 
They  are  good  solvents,  good  disinfectants,  and  preserva- 
tives. 


SOME   COMMON  ALCOHOLS  73 

EXPERIMENT    33 
Some  Common  Alcohols 

Materials.  Ethyl  alcohol,  methyl  (wood)  alcohol,  litmus  paper, 
camphor  gum,  iodine,  a  solution  of  iodine  in  potassium  iodide, 
sodium  hydroxide,  patent  medicine,  ether,  olive  oil,  carbolic 
acid,  glycerin. 

Apparatus.     Stirring  rod,  evaporating  dish,  test  tubes. 

A.    Properties  of  the  Common  Alcohols. 

1.  What  is  the  chemical  name  for  common  alcohol? 
Write  its  formula.  What  is  the  chemical  name  for  wood 
alcohol  ?     Write  its  formula. 

2.  Obtain  10  cc.  of  each  liquid  in  two  clean,  dry  test  tubes. 
Note  the  odor  of  each.     Describe  the  difference. 

3.  Using  a  clean  stirring  rod,  taste  a  drop  of  each.  De- 
scribe the  difference. 

Caution:  Do  not  swallow  the  liquids — they  are  poisons.  Methyl  alcohol 
(wood  alcohol)  produces  blindness  and  death.  Ethyl  alcohol  is  a  "  habit " 
producing  drug,  and  produces  death  ultimately  from  slow  poisoning. 

4.  Test  the  solubility  of  each  alcohol  in  water. 

5.  Test  them  with  strips  of  red  and  with  blue  litmus. 
Do  alcohols  affect  litmus  ? 

6.  Pour  2  cc.  of  each  alcohol  in  different  evaporating 
dishes.  Apply  the  flame  to  each  until  it  burns.  Note 
the  color  of  the  flame  and  the  heat  given  off  by  each. 
Do  alcohols  make  good  fuels  ?  Which  is  the  most  often  used 
for  fuel  ?  Why  ?  Could  they  be  used  for  illuminating 
purposes  ?  Why  ?  Write  the  equation  to  show  the  products 
formed  when  the  alcohols  burn. 

7.  To  a  test  tube  half  filled  with  water  add  a  piece  of 
camphor  gum  the  size  of  a  bean.    Does  it  dissolve?    Pour  off 


74  COMMON  ORGANIC   COMPOUNDS 

the  water  and  add  5  cc.  of  ethyl  alcohol ;  shake.  Does  it 
dissolve?  This  forms  the  so-called  "spirits  of  camphor. " 
Add  water  to  a  crystal  of  iodine.  Does  it  dissolve  ?  Pour 
off  the  water  and  add  5  cc.  of  alcohol.  Result?  This  is 
called  "tincture  of  iodine."  What  are  its  uses?  Is  alcohol 
a  good  solvent?  Why  are  flavoring  "extracts"  largely 
alcohol  ?  Why  is  it  used  in  patent  medicines  ?  Should 
methyl  alcohol  be  used  for  these  purposes  ?  Why  ?  Ethyl 
alcohol  is  used  to  disinfect  wounds.  Should  methyl  alcohol 
be  used  for  this  purpose  ?  Why  ?  Ethyl  alcohol  is  used 
for  "  alcohol  rubs."  Should  methyl  alcohol  be  used  as 
well?  Why?  Why  is  methyl  alcohol  used  for  preserving 
fruits  and  vegetables  in  specimen  jars  rather  than  ethyl 
alcohol  ? 

8.  Summarize  the  properties  of  the  common  alcohols. 

9.  Summarize  the  uses  of  each. 

10.   What  is  the  commercial  source  of  each? 

B.  Iodoform  Test  for  Ethyl  Alcohol  (Grain  Alcohol). 

1.  Alcohol  can  often  be  detected  by  its  odor  or  its  taste. 
A  better  test  is  the  following :  To  10  cc.  of  liquid  add  5  cc. 
of  a  solution  of  iodine  in  potassium  iodide.  Now  add  a  solu- 
tion of  sodium  hydroxide  one  drop  at  a  time,  shaking  the  mix- 
ture well,  till  the  iodine  color  vanishes.  Warm  gently,  and 
let  it  stand  for  a  few  minutes.  A  yellow  precipitate  of  iodo- 
form with  its  characteristic  odor  will  be  formed.  If  only  a 
small  amount  of  alcohol  is  present,  the  crystals  may  not  form 
but  the  odor  will  be  recognized. 

Try  this  test  upon  a  solution  of  2  cc.  of  alcohol  in  10  cc. 
of  water. 

Test  a  patent  medicine  for  alcohol. 


SOME   COMMON  ALCOHOLS  75 

C.  Ordinary  Ether  (C2H5):0. 

Ether  is  formed  by  the  action  of  concentrated  sulfuric  acid 
upon  ethyl  alcohol.  It  is  called,  for  this  reason,  "sulfuric 
ether"  or  "ethyl  ether." 

1.  Obtain  5  cc.  of  ether.  Note  its  odor.  Place  a  drop 
on  your  hand.     Is  it  volatile  ? 

2.  Dip  the  stirring  rod  into  it  and  hold  it  in  the  flame  ? 
Is  ether  inflammable  ? 

3.  Dissolve  a  drop  of  olive  oil  in  the  ether.  Is  it  a  good 
solvent?  Why  then  is  it  not  more  often  used  for  cleaning 
purposes  ? 

4.  What  is  the  important  use  of  ether  ? 

D.  Phenol  or  Carbolic  Acid,  C6H5OH. 

1.  Pure  phenol  is  a  white  crystalline  substance.  Examine 
a  bottle  of  it,  but  do  not  remove  any  from  the  bottle. 

It  is  soluble  in  water.  The  solution  is  usually  pink  due 
to  slight  decomposition,  and  is  called  carbolic  acid. 

2.  Obtain  1  cc.  of  carbolic  acid  in  a  test  tube.  Describe 
its  odor.  Test  it  with  red  and  with  blue  litmus.  Is  it  a  true 
alcohol  ?  Do  not  get  any  on  the  hands ;  it  causes  serious 
burns.  Alcohol  is  the  antidote.  What  is  carbolic  acid  used 
for? 

E.  Glycerin,  C3H5(OH)3. 

1.  Obtain  5  cc.  of  glycerin  in  a  test  tube.  Has  it  an  odor? 
Taste  it.  Result?  Pour  about  1  cc.  into  another  test  tube 
half  full  of  water.     Shake.     Is  it  soluble? 

2.  Test  the  solution  with  litmus.     Is  it  a  true  alcohol  ? 

3.  What  is  nitroglycerin?  What  is  dynamite?  What 
are  they  used  for  ? 

What  important  uses  has  glycerin  in  the  home  ? 


76  COMMON  ORGANIC   COMPOUNDS 

ORGANIC   ACIDS 

An  organic  acid  is  composed  of  carbon,  hydrogen,  and 
oxygen.  They  all  contain  one  or  more  carboxyl  groups, 
COOH.  They  are  nearly  all  crystalline  solids.  Some  acids, 
such  as  acetic,  tartaric,  citric,  and  oxalic,  have  a  sour  taste 
and  affect  litmus  as  inorganic  acids  do.  Others  such  as 
stearic,  palmitic,  benzoic,  tannic,  and  salicylic  acids  are 
almost  tasteless.  As  has  been  noted,  these  acids  react  with 
the  alcohols  (the  organic  bases)  to  form  esters  (organic  salts) . 
These  esters  are  the  basis  of  many  of  our  artificial  flavoring 
extracts  and  perfumes. 

EXPERIMENT    34 
Properties  and  Uses  of  Some  Common  Organic  Acids 

Materials.  Acetic  acid,  alcohol,  amyl  alcohol,  concentrated 
sulfuric  acid,  vinegar,  tartaric  acid,  sodium  bicarbonate,  cream 
of  tartar,  citric  acid,  oxalic  acid,  potassium  permanganate 
solution,  tannic  acid,  ferrous  sulfate. 

Apparatus.     Test  tubes. 

A.   Acetic  Acid,  H(C2H302)  or  CH3COOH. 

1.  Note  the  odor  of  a  dilute  solution  of  acetic  acid. 
Very  carefully  taste  it.    Test  it  with  litmus  paper.     Result  ? 

2.  To  3  cc.  of  acetic  acid  add  3  cc.  of  ordinary  alcohol, 
then,  carefully,  3  cc.  of  concentrated  sulfuric  acid.  Warm 
and  note  the  sweet  odor  of  ethyl  acetate.  This  is  a  test  for 
acetic  acid.     Write  the  equation  and  name  each  substance. 

C2H5OH+CH3COOH  — ^  CH3COOC2H5+H20 

Ethyl  acetate  is  an  organic  salt  formed  from  an  organic 
acid  and  an  alcohol.  These  salts  are  called  esters.  They 
have  sweet  odors  and  are  often  used  for  artificial  flavorings. 


PROPERTIES  OF  SOME   COMMON  ORGANIC  ACIDS       77 

To  3  cc.  of  acetic  acid  add  3  cc.  of  amyl  alcohol  and  then 
3  cc.  of  concentrated  sulfuric  acid.  Warm  gently  and  note 
the  odor  of  the  ester  amyl  acetate.  For  what  artificial  flavor- 
ing is  it  used  ? 

3.  Obtain  3  cc.  of  vinegar.  Smell  it,  taste  it,  and  test  it 
with  litmus  paper.  What  acid  do  you  think  is  present? 
To  prove  your  answer  add  alcohol  and  sulfuric  acid  as  in 
(2)  and  obtain  the  ester  test.  What  acid  is  in  vinegar? 
For  what  purposes  is  vinegar  used  in  cooking? 


B.    Tartaric  Acid,  Ho(C4H406)  or  C2H402(COOH) 


1.  Obtain  a  crystal  of  tartaric  acid.  Describe  its  taste. 
Pulverize  the  crystal  and  dissolve  a  small  portion  in  water. 
Test  the  solution  with  litmus.  Has  tartaric  acid  the  charac- 
teristic property  of  an  acid  ? 

Mix  the  rest  of  the  powdered  crystal  with  an  equal  amount 
of  dry  sodium  bicarbonate.  Is  there  any  action?  Now 
add  water.  What  is  given  off?  Write  the  equation  and 
name  each  substance. 

NaHC03+H2C4H406H  — ^  HNaC4H406+H20+C02 

Tartaric  acid  is  used  in  baking  powders.  Why  ?  (See 
Experiment  29  on  Carbonates.) 

2.  Cream  of  tartar  is  a  salt  of  tartaric  acid  HKC4H406 
(hydrogen  potassium  tartrate).  Taste  it.  Dissolve  a  small 
amount  in  water  and  test  with  litmus.  Result  ?  Mix  a  small 
amount  with  sodium  bicarbonate.  Is  there  any  action? 
Now  add  water.  Result?  Write  the  equation  and  name 
each  substance. 

HKC4H406+NaHC03  — ^  NaKC4H406+H20+CQ2 


78  COMMON   ORGANIC   COMPOUNDS 

3.  What  is  the  source  of  cream  of  tartar  and  tartaric  acid? 

4.  What  are  the  little  hard  " lumps"  often  found  in  canned 
grapes  that  have  been  kept  for  some  time  ? 

C.  Citric  Acid,  Hs(C^b07)  or  C3H50(COOH)3. 

1.  Obtain  a  crystal  of  citric  acid.  Describe  its  taste. 
Dissolve  it  in  water  and  describe  its  action  on  litmus.  In 
what  fruits  is  this  acid  chiefly  found  ?  What  is  its  commercial 
source  ? 

2.  How  may  it  be  used  in  making  artificial  lemonade? 

D.  Oxalic  Acid,  H2C204  or  (COOH)2. 

1.  Obtain  a  few  crystals  of  oxalic  acid. 

Caution :  Do  not  taste  them. 

Oxalic  acid  is  a  poison.  In  what  plants  is  oxalic  acid 
found  ? 

2.  Describe  the  appearance  of  the  crystals. 

3.  Place  the  crystals  in  half  a  test  tube  of  cold  water. 
Shake  the  tube.     Result? 

4.  Now  heat  the  water  in  the  tube.  Is  oxalic  acid  more 
soluble  in  hot  or  cold  water?  Test  the  solution  with  litmus 
paper.     Result  ? 

5.  Make  a  stain  upon  your  hand  with  a  solution  of  potas- 
sium permanganate  and  remove  it  by  applying  some  of  the 
solution  of  oxalic  acid  that  you  have  just  prepared.  Wash 
the  hand  thoroughly.  A  solution  of  oxalic  acid  is  often  used 
in  preparations  for  removing  stains  from  the  hands  and  nails. 

6.  Place  a  teaspoonful  of  bleaching  powder  in  25  cc.  of 
water.  Stir  well  at  two-minute  intervals  for  ten  minutes,  then 
filter.  Call  the  filtrate,  Solution  No  I.  Dissolve  5  grams 
of  oxalic  acid  in  50  cc.  of  water.  Call  this  Solution  No.  II. 
This  is  the  common  ink  eradicator.     Try  it. 


PROPERTIES  OF  SOME  COMMON  ORGANIC  ACIDS       79 

E.   Tannic  Acid  (sometimes  called  Tannin). 

1.  Obtain  1  gram  of  tannic  acid.  Describe  its  appearance. 
What  is  its  commercial  source  ? 

2.  Put  it  into  half  a  test  tube  of  cold  water.  Does  it  dis- 
solve ?  Heat  the  tube.  Does  it  dissolve  in  hot  water  ?  Test 
the  solution  with  litmus.  Result?  Cautiously  taste  the 
solution.     Describe  the  taste. 

3.  To  half  of  the  tannic  acid  solution  add  a  few  drops 
of  ferric  chloride,  FeCl3.     Result  ?     This  is  an  ink. 

4.  To  the  other  half  of  the  solution  add  a  few  drops  of 
ferrous  sulfate,  FeS04.  Notice  that  the  black  precipitate 
(the  ink)  is  not  formed  at  once,  but  forms  slowly  as  the 
ferrous  salt  is  oxidized  by  the  air  to  the  ferric  salt.  Tannic 
acid  and  ferrous  sulfate  are  used  in  the  manufacture  of  inks. 
These  inks  write  blue  at  first  because  a  blue  dye  is  added. 
The  ink  turns  black  on  standing  because  the  ferrous  salt  is 
oxidized  to  the  ferric  salt  by  the  oxygen  of  the  air,  and  ferric 
tannate  is  a  deep  blue-black. 

5.  Many  plants  contain  tannic  acid.  It  is  in  oak  bark, 
sumach  leaves,  and  the  leaves  of  other  trees,  in  tea  leaves,  in 
coffee  berries,  in  rose  leaves,  and  rose  petals. 

In  making  rose  beads  the  crushed  wet  rose  petals  are  al- 
lowed to  stand  in  a  rusty  iron  pan,  or  powdered  "copperas" 
(ferrous  sulfate)  is  added.  The  mass  becomes  very  black. 
Explain. 

6.  Tannic  acid  makes  skins  tough  and  "leathery."  It  is, 
therefore,  used  in  "  tanning  "  hides  in  the  manufacture  of 
shoes  and  gloves. 

What  is  one  objection  to  the  constant  drinking  of  beverages 
containing  much  tannic  acid  like  strong  green  tea  or  strong 
coffee  ? 


80  COMMON  ORGANIC   COMPOUNDS 

F.   A  Note  on  Esters. 

In  A,  2  of  this  experiment  the  esters,  ethyl  acetate  and 
amyl  acetate,  were  prepared.  Ethyl  acetate  is  called  artificial 
oil  of  apple.  Amyl  acetate  is  artificial  banana  oil.  Artificial 
oil  of  wintergreen  is  methyl  salicylate,  the  ester  (organic 
salt)  prepared  from  methyl  alcohol  (organic  base)  and  sali- 
cylic acid  (organic  acid).  Nearly  all  the  oil  of  winter- 
green  on  the  market  is  the  artificial  product. 

Most  esters  are  more  or  less  fragrant  volatile  oils.  They 
are  usually  insoluble  in  water  but  soluble  in  alcohol,  and  this 
alcoholic  solution  is  called  an  "extract."  These  extracts 
form  the  basis  of  many  of  our  flavoring  extracts  and  perfumes. 

Fats  are  solid  esters  also  insoluble  in  water  but  without 
odor. 

If  the  alcohol  glycerin,  C3H5(OII)3,  combines  with 
stearic  acid,  Ci7H35COOH,  an  ester  glyceral  stearate, 
(Ci7H35COO)3C3H5,  is  formed.  This  is  a  fat  called  stearin. 
An  ordinary  fat  such  as  beef  tallow  is  made  up  largely  of  this 
fat  and  glyceral  palmitate,  (CisHaiCOO^CsHs,  and  glyceral 
oleate,  (C17fhzCOO)zCJI6. 

EXPERIMENT    35 

(Class  Experiment) 

Fuels  and  Illuminants 

Materials.     Sawdust,  coal,  ice. 

Apparatus.     Test  tubes,  large  glass  test  tube,  side-necked  test 
tube,  delivery  tube,  clay  pipe  stem. 

A.    Solid  Fuels. 

1.  Wood:  What  woods  are  the  most  commonly  used  for 
heating  purposes  in  this  region?     Which  is  best?     Why? 


FUELS  AND  ILLUMINANTS  81 

What  are  the  chief  elements  in  wood?  What  are  the  prod- 
ucts formed  when  wood  is  burned  in  the  air  ? 

If  wood  is  heated  without  air  entirely  different  products 
are  formed.  Half  fill  a  hard-glass  test  tube  with  small  pieces 
of  hard  wood  or  sawdust.  Clamp  the  test  tube  in  a  hori- 
zontal position  on  the  ring  stand.  By  means  of  a  right-angled 
delivery  tube  attach  the  hard-glass  test  tube  to  a  side-necked 
test  tube  by  means  of  two  well-fitted  one-holed  stoppers. 
Attach  a  jet  to  the  side-necked  test  tube.  Keep  the  side- 
necked  test  tube  cool  by  standing  it  in  a  beaker  of  ice  water. 
Heat  the  wood  till  no  further  change  takes  place.  Test  the 
gas  that  escapes  from  the  side-necked  test  tube.  Will  it 
burn  ? 

When  the  hard-glass  tube  is  cold  examine  the  contents. 
Remove  the  black  residue.     What  is  it? 

Note  the  odor  of  the  liquid  in  the  side-necked  test  tube. 
Test  with  litmus.  Result?  Is  water  formed  when  wood  is 
decomposed?  Is  an  acid  formed?  What  acid  chiefly? 
What  compounds  are  made  commercially  by  heating  hard 
wood  in  the  absence  of  air  ? 

When  a  substance  is  heated  in  the  absence  of  air,  the  process 
is  called  destructice  distillation. 

2.  Coal:  What  is  the  source  of  coal ?  Of  what  is  it  chiefly 
composed?  What  are  the  products  formed  when  it  is  com- 
pletely burned  in  air? 

Half  fill  a  hard-glass  test  tube  with  small  pieces  of  soft  coal. 
Clamp  the  test  tube  in  a  horizontal  position  on  the  ring 
stand.  Set  up  the  apparatus  as  in  A.  Heat  the  coal  till 
no  further  change  takes  place.  What  is  the  gas  that  is 
formed?  What  remains  in  the  hard-glass  tube?  What  is 
the  gas  that  is  formed  ?     What  collects  in  the  side-necked  test 


82  CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS 

tube?  Test  for  an  acid.  Result?  Test  for  a  sulfide.  What 
commercial  products  may  be  obtained  by  the  destructive 
distillation  of  coal  ? 

B.  Liquid  Fuels  and  Illuminants. 

1.  Alcohol:  Why  is  grain  or  ethyl  alcohol  not  more  com- 
monly used  for  fuel  ?  What  is  the  color  of  the  alcohol  flame  ? 
Could  it  be  used  for  illuminating  purposes  ? 

2.  Crude  Petroleum:  This  fuel  is  used  in  many  furnaces 
where  intense  even  heat  is  needed.  Visit  the  furnace  room 
at  your  school  or  the  large  range  in  the  lunch  house  and  note 
the  intense  heat  produced  by  the  burning  jet  of  crude  oil. 
Describe  the  burner. 

3.  Gasoline:  What  is  the  source  of  gasoline?  Can  it  be 
used  for  fuel  ?  How  ?  Can  it  be  used  for  lighting  purposes  ? 
How? 

4.  Kerosene:  What  is  the  source  of  kerosene?  How  can 
it  be  made  to  burn  with  a  blue  flame  ? 

C.  Gaseous  Fuels  and  Illuminants. 

Some  of  the  gases  used  for  fuels  and  illuminants  are  natural 
gas,  coal  gas,  and  acetylene.     What  is  natural  gas  ? 

Explain  how  the  same  gas  can  be  used  either  for  lighting 
purposes  or  for  fuel.  What  is  a  Welsbach  mantle  ?  Explain 
its  use. 

X.     CHEMISTRY   OF   FOODS 

In  studying  the  chemistry  of  foods,  the  Food  Chemistry 
outline  in  the  Appendix  of  this  manual  will  be  found  useful. 
The  following  are  good  reference  books : 

Bulletin  No.  28,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Appendix  A. 
Bulletin  No.  13,  American  School  of  Home  Economics. 


WATER  IN  FOODS  83 

Weed,  Chemistry  in  the  Home. 

Wellman,  Food  Study. 

Sherman,  Food  Products. 

Snell,  Elementary  Household  Chemistry. 

Leach,  Food  Inspection  and  Analysis. 

Brownlee,  Fuller,  and  others,  Chemistry  of  Common  Things. 


INORGANIC    CONSTITUENTS   OF   FOODS 

EXPERIMENT    36 

Water  in  Foods 

Materials.     White  bread,  milk,  meat,  potato. 

Apparatus.     Laboratory  balances,  drying  oven,  evaporating  dish. 

A.  The  Presence  of  Water  in  Foods. 

How  is  the  presence  of  water  in  food  determined  ?  (See 
Experiment  12  C.)     Test  four  foods  for  water. 

B.  The  Amount  of  Water  in  Foods. 

1.  To  determine  exactly  how  much  water  a  substance 
contains  it  is  weighed,  then  dried  and  weighed  again.  The 
loss  in  weight  is  the  weight  of  the  water  that  was  in  the 
substance.  Divide  the  weight  of  the  water  by  the  weight 
of  the  substance  before  drying  and  multiply  the  result  by 
100  to  give  the  per  cent  of  water  in  the  substance. 

Find  the  per  cent  of  water  in  bread  as  follows  :  Label  your 
evaporating  dish  with  your  name  and  weigh  it.  Obtain  the 
largest  cube  of  bread  that  will  go  into  the  dish  and  weigh  both 
as  carefully  as  you  can  on  the  laboratory  balance.  Place  the 
dish  and  the  bread  in  the  drying  oven  for  about  six  hours, 
keeping  the  temperature  below  106°  C.  Why?  When 
completely  dry  cool  and  weigh.  Tabulate  the  results  as 
follows : 


84  CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS 

(a)  Weight  of  empty  dish  = g. 

(b)  Weight  of  dish  and  bread  before  drying  = g. 

(c)  Weight  of  dish  and  bread  after  drying      = g. 

(d)  Weight  of  bread  (b)-(a)  = g. 

(e)  Weight  of  water  in  bread  (5)  — (c)  = g. 

(/)    Per  cent  of  water  in  bread  (e)  h-  (d)  X 100  = % 

2.  From  the  table  in  the  Appendix  make  a  list  of  five 
foods  which  contain  much  water  (80  %-100  %),  five  which 
contain  a  medium  amount  of  water  (15  %-S0  %),  and  five 
containing  very  little  water  (less  than  15  %). 

3.  What  tissues  of  the  body  contain  much  water?  What 
tissues  contain  the  least  water? 

4.  Of  what  use  is  water  to  the  body  ? 


INORGANIC    SALTS    IN    FOODS   AND    BONES 

EXPERIMENT    37 

Inorganic  Salts  in  Foods  (Mineral  Matter  or  Ash) 

Materials.  Bones  that  have  soaked  for  at  least  two  days  in 
hydrochloric  acid,  ammonium  hydroxide,  milk,  meat,  potato, 
bread. 

Apparatus.     Porcelain  crucibles,  clay  triangle,  evaporating  dish. 

A.   Inorganic  Salts  in  Foods. 

Inorganic  salts  do  not  burn;  they  remain  as  ash,  when 
the  organic  matter  of  the  food  has  been  burned  away. 

1.  To  show  the  presence  of  inorganic  salts  in  a  food  place 
about  1  gram  of  the  food  in  a  porcelain  crucible  and  heat 
with  the  crucible  inclined.  In  this  way,  heat  milk,  meat, 
potato,  and  bread. 

(Four  students  may  work  together,  the  first  heating  milk, 


INORGANIC  SALTS  IN  FOODS  (MINERAL  MATTER  OR  ASH)    85 

the  second  meat,  etc.     Each  student  should  make  observa- 
tions and  reports  on  four  foods.) 

2.  From  the  table  in  the  Appendix  make  a  list  of  foods 
containing  much  mineral  matter  and  a  list  of  foods  contain- 
ing little  or  no  mineral  matter. 

B.   To  Show  the  Presence  of  Inorganic  Salts  in  Bones. 

1.  Clean  a  small  bone  by  boiling  in  water.  Place  the 
clean  bone  in  a  beaker  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  allow  it  to 
stand  for  two  days.  Explain  the  change  that  has  taken 
place  in  the  bone.     Keep  the  bone. 

2.  Place  10  cc.  of  the  clear  liquid  in  an  evaporating  dish 
and  evaporate  to  dryness.  What  is  the  dry  residue  that 
remains  ? 

3.  Prove  the  presence  of  calcium  salts  in  the  ash  by  dis- 
solving it  in  5  cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid.  Filter.  Make  the 
solution  alkaline  with  ammonium  hydroxide.  What  is  the 
white  precipitate  chiefly? 

4.  What  tissues  of  the  body  contain  much  mineral  matter 
and  what  tissues  very  little  ? 


CARBOHYDRATES 

Carbohydrates  are  organic  compounds  which  form  the 
most  important  part  of  our  foods.  They  contain  no  nitro- 
gen (non-nitrogenous).  They  are  composed  of  carbon, 
hydrogen,  and  oxygen,  the  hydrogen  and  oxygen  usually 
being  present  in  the  proportion  in  which  it  is  found  in  water, 
that  is,  twice  as  many  atoms  of  hydrogen  as  oxygen.  The 
starches  and  the  sugars  are  the  most  important  carbohydrates 
found  in  foods. 


86  CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS 

The  Starch  Group  (C6Hi0O5)» 
EXPERIMENT    38 
Starch  and  Dextrin 

Materials.  Corn  starch,  rice  starch,  wheat  starch,  potato  starch, 
dextrin,  concentrated  sulfuric  acid,  Fehling's  solution,  dilute 
sulfuric  acid,  sodium  carbonate,  litmus  paper,  iodine  solution, 
potato,  meat,  milk,  apple,  banana,  nuts,  rolled  oats,  raisins. 

Apparatus.     Test  tubes,  microscope,  labels,  asbestos  mat. 

A.   Properties  of  Starch. 

1.  Obtain  about  one  gram  of  corn  starch,  rice  starch, 
wheat  starch,  and  potato  starch  in  separate  tubes.  Is  there 
any  difference  in  the  appearance  of  each  ? 

2.  Mount  a  few  grains  of  each  on  microscope  slides  and 
draw  the  appearance  of  each  under  the  high  power. 

3.  Add  10  cc.  of  water  to  each  tube.  Shake  the  mixture 
well  and  then  let  it  stand  for  one  minute.  Does  starch 
dissolve  in  cold  water  ? 

4.  Shake  the  mixture  of  corn  starch  and  water  again  and 
then  boil  it  for  a  few  minutes.     (Keep  this  for  9.) 

5.  Gently  heat  a  little  corn  starch  in  a  dry  test  tube  until 
it  becomes  brown.  What  is  formed  ?  Taste  it.  Try  the 
solubility  of  some  pure  dextrin  in  water.  What  is  dextrin 
used  for?     Why  is  the  brown  crust  of  bread  sweet? 

6.  Heat  strongly  one  gram  of  starch  in  a  dry  test  tube. 
What  collects  on  the  sides  of  the  tube  ?  Explain.  What  re- 
mains in  the  tube  ?  What  does  this  show  about  the  composi- 
tion of  starch  ?     Write  an  equation  to  show  what  took  place. 

7.  Add  a  few  drops  of  concentrated  sulfuric  acid  to  some 
dry  starch  in  a  test  tube.  Warm  gently.  Explain  results. 
How  does  this  also  show  the  composition  of  starch? 


STARCH  AND  DEXTRIN  87 

8.  Burn  a  small  lump  of  starch  on  your  asbestos  mat. 
What  products  are  found  ?     Write  an  equation  to  illustrate. 

9.  To  5  cc.  of  starch  paste  prepared  in  (4)  add  5  cc.  of 
Fehling's  solution  and  boil.  Result?  (To  prepare  Feh- 
ling's  solution,  see  Appendix.) 

10.  To  10  cc.  of  starch  paste  add  10  cc.  of  dilute  sulfuric 
acid.  Boil  for  five  minutes.  Add  solid  sodium  carbonate 
till  the  mixture  is  alkaline  to  litmus,  then  add  Fehling's  solu- 
tion and  boil.     Result? 

Note :  If  a  red  precipitate  is  not  obtained,  try  again.  The  starch  combines 
with  a  molecule  of  water  to  form  glucose  (grape  sugar).  Glucose  is  a  reducing 
sugar  and  reduces  the  copper  sulfate  in  the  Fehling's  solution  to  cuprous  oxide. 
Cuprous  oxide  is  the  red  precipitate.  When  a  substance  like  starch  takes 
up  water  and  becomes  a  new  substance,  it  is  said  to  hydrolyze.  The  process  is 
called  hydrolysis.  There  are  several  ways  of  hydrolyzing  substances :  (i)  By 
boiling  with  a  dilute  acid,  (2)  boiling  with  a  base,  (3)  by  means  of  an  enzyme  or 
ferment. 

How  is  starch  caused  to  hydrolyze?  Could  any  acid  be 
used  other  than  sulfuric  acid?  Write  this  equation  for  the 
hydrolysis  of  starch  and  name  each  substance : 

C6H10O5+H2O  (by  means  of  H2S04)  — >■  C6H1206. 

B.   The  Iodine  Test  for  Starch. 

1.  Obtain  about  10  cc.  of  a  solution  of  iodine  in  one  of 
your  clean  test  tubes.  To  some  dry  starch  add  about  1  cc, 
of  iodine  solution.     Results? 

2.  To  a  test  tube  half  full  of  water  add  two  drops  of  cold 
starch  paste.  Shake  well,  then  add  about  two  drops  of  the 
iodine  solution.  Results?  Boil  till  the  color  disappears, 
then  cool  again  and  the  color  will  return  if  you  have  not 
boiled  it  too  long.     This  is  called  the  iodine  test  for  starch. 

3.  To  detect  the  presence  of  starch  in  foods  the  food  should 
(1)  be  broken  into  small  pieces  or  powdered.     Why?     (2) 


88 


CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS 


It  should  be  boiled  two  or  three  minutes  in  water.  Why? 
(3)  It  should  be  cooled.  Why?  (4)  Two  drops  of  iodine 
solution  should  be  added. 

4.  Test  the  following  foods  for  starch  according  to  the 
method  above  and  record  the  results  in  a  table :  potato, 
meat,  milk,  apple,  banana,  nuts,  rolled  oats,  raisins. 

Of  what  use  to  the  body  is  starch? 


Much  Starch 

Little  Starch 

No  Starch 

CELLULOSE 

Cellulose  forms  the  walls  of  the  cells  of  plants.  It  is 
most  abundant  in  the  roots  and  stems,  less  in  the  leaves,  and 
least  in  the  fruit.  "Seed  hairs"  are  almost  pure  cellulose. 
Since  cotton  fibers  are  seed  hairs,  cotton  is  almost  pure  cellu- 
lose. The  fiber  in  young  tree  trunks  is  used  for  paper. 
Cellulose  is  not  digestible,  but  it  forms  an  important  part  of 
food,  for  it  gives  it  the  needed  bulk. 


EXPERIMENT   39 

Cellulose 

Materials.  Carrots,  beets,  celery,  potato,  cabbage,  lettuce,  ap- 
ples, grapes,  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  dilute  sodium  hydroxide, 
solid  sodium  carbonate,  zinc  chloride,  Schweitzer's  reagent  (see 
Appendix),  concentrated  nitric  acid,  alcohol,  ether. 

Apparatus.     Test  tubes,  beaker. 


CELLULOSE  89 

A.  Occurrence  of  Cellulose,  (C6Hi0Oo)«. 

1.  Examine  carefully  roots  (carrot,  beet),  stems  (celery, 
potato),  leaves  (cabbage,  lettuce),  and  fruits  (apples,  grapes). 

Draw  the  position  of  the  chief  cellulose  fibers  in  each. 

2.  Name  five  vegetables  or  fruits  with  much  cellulose 
and  five  with  little  or  no  cellulose. 

B.  Properties  of  Cellulose. 

1.  Test  the  solubility  of  cellulose  (a  small  amount  of  cot- 
ton in  each  case)  in  water,  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  dilute 
sulfuric  acid,  and  dilute  sodium  hydroxide.  What  is  the 
result  in  each  case?  Is  the  cellulose  digestible?  Of  what 
value  is  it  in  the  foods? 

2.  Test  cellulose  (cotton)  with  a  solution  of  iodine.  Re- 
sult? 

3.  Test  cellulose  (cotton)  with  Fehling's  solution.  Re- 
sult after  boiling  ? 

4.  Cover  a  little  cotton  in  a  test  tube  with  concentrated 
sulfuric  acid.  Allow  it  to  stand  two  minutes.  Neutralize 
the  acid  with  sodium  carbonate  (till  effervescence  ceases  and 
it  turns  red  litmus  blue).  Now  add  Fehling's  solution  and 
boil.  Explain  and  write  equations.  What  possible  use 
does  this  suggest  for  old  papers  and  rags  ? 

5.  (Instructor)  :  Test  the  solubility  of  cellulose  in  a  solu- 
tion of  zinc  chloride  in  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid. 

6.  (Instructor) :  Prepare  a  fresh  solution  of  cuprous 
ammonia  or  Schweitzer's  reagent  according  to  the  method 
given  in  the  Appendix.  Show  the  solubility  of  cellulose  in 
this  solution.  Reprecipitate  the  cellulose  by  adding  hydro- 
chloric acid.     This  is  a  test  for  cellulose. 

7.  (Instructor):    Prepare    " nitro-cellulose "   or   "guncot- 


90  CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS 

ton"  and  "collodion"  by  mixing  20  cc.  of  concentrated 
sulfuric  acid  and  10  cc.  of  concentrated  nitric  acid.  Cool 
this  to  room  temperature.  Immerse  absorbent  cotton  or 
clean  cotton  gauze  in  this  mixture  for  about  one  minute. 
Wash  well  with  cold  water,  wring  it  out,  and  hang  it  up  to 
dry.     This  is  "gun cotton." 

Burn  a  piece  of  guncotton  and  compare  with  the  burning 
of  untreated  cotton. 

Shake  a  portion  of  the  dry  guncotton  in  a  mixture  of 
equal  parts  of  alcohol  and  ether.  The  clear  solution  is 
"collodion."  Place  a  little  in  a  glass  plate  and  allow  it  to 
stand.  Result?  What  is  collodion  used  for?  What  is 
"  New  Skin  "  ?     What  is  celluloid  ? 

8.   Is  cellulose  digested?     Is  it  of  use  in  foods?     Explain. 

GUMS   AND    PECTIN 

Gums  are  compounds  closely  related  to  the  carbohydrates, 
having  very  complex  constitutions.  They  are  generally  solu- 
ble in  water  but  not  in  alcohol.  The  water  solutions  when 
cold  form  jellies,  or  sticky  mucilage-like  solutions. 

Pectin  is  a  carbohydrate  found  in  fruits,  which  causes  the 
juices  to  "  jelly  "  when  boiled  with  sugar.  Pectin  will  produce 
a  jelly  only  in  the  presence  of  at  least  half  of  one  per  cent  of 
acid.  Sugar  also  helps  to  precipitate  the  pectin  and  to  form 
the  jelly. 

EXPERIMENT   40 

Gums  and  Pectin 

Materials.     Gum  arabic  or  gum  tragacanth,  agar-agar  or  Iceland 

moss,  iodine  solution,  Fehling's  solution,  concentrated  sulfuric 

acid,  solid  sodium  carbonate,  alcohol,  cranberries. 
Apparatus.     Test  tubes,  beaker. 


GUMS  AND  PECTIN  91 

A.  Gums. 

1.  Note  carefully  the  physical  properties  of  gum  arabic 
and  agar-agar  with  special  reference  to  color,  odor,  taste,  and 
form. 

2.  Dissolve  about  one  gram  of  gum  arabic  in  a  half  test 
tube  of  boiling  water.  Boil  one  minute.  Cool  the  solution. 
What  is  formed  ?    Repeat,  using  agar-agar.    What  is  formed  ? 

3.  To  about  1  cc.  of  the  cool  gum  arabic  solution  add  a 
few  drops  of  iodine  solution.  Result?  Repeat,  using  agar- 
agar.     Result  ? 

4.  To  about  1  cc.  of  the  gum  arabic  solution  add  Fehling's 
solution  and  boil.  Result?  Repeat,  using  agar-agar.  Re- 
sult? 

5.  To  the  remainder  of  the  gum  arabic  solution  add  (cau- 
tiously) 5  cc.  of  concentrated  sulfuric  acid  and  boil  two 
minutes.  Add  solid  sodium  carbonate  till  the  acid  is  neu- 
tralized, then  add  Fehling's  solution  and  boil.     Explain. 

6.  Try  to  dissolve  one  gram  of  gum  arabic  in  alcohol. 
Result?  Repeat,  using  agar-agar.  Are  gums  soluble  in 
alcohol  ? 

7.  How  are  some  of  the  gums  used  in  the  preparation  of 
foods? 

8.  Give  some  of  the  commercial  uses  of  gums.  Why  is 
it  used  by  bacteriologists  for  culture  media  ? 

B.  Pectin. 

1.  Slice  five  cranberries  in  your  beaker,  add  50  cc.  of 
water,  and  boil  ten  or  twenty  minutes.     Filter  while  hot. 

2.  To  15  cc.  of  the  clear  filtrate  add  15  cc.  of  alcohol. 
Result?  (A  jelly-like  precipitate  of  pectin  should  be  formed. 
This  is  a  test  for  pectin  in  fruits.) 


92  CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS 

3.  To  15  cc.  of  the  clear  filtrate  add  10  grams  of  sugar  and 
boil  for  ten  minutes.  Cool.  A  jelly  indicates  the  presence 
of  pectin. 

Do  cranberries  contain  pectin? 

4.  To  the  remainder  of  the  filtrate  add  5  cc.  of  concen- 
trated sulfuric  acid.  Boil  for  five  minutes.  Neutralize 
the  acid  with  solid  sodium  carbonate.  Then  add  Fehling's 
solution  and  boil.  Result?  (Like  starch,  pectin  is  hydro- 
lyzed  to  reducing  sugars  by  long  boiling  with  a  dilute  acid, 
or  by  boiling  for  a  short  time  with  a  strong  acid.) 

5.  Summarize  the  necessary  precautions  to  be  observed 
in  making  jelly. 

6.  What  fruits  contain  much  pectin?  Which  contain 
very  little  ? 

7.  Repeat  B,  1  and  B,  2,  using  an  apple  and  one  other 
fruit.     Report  the  presence  or  absence  of  pectin. 

Test  also  a  beet  for  pectin.  Could  jelly  be  made  from  a 
beet? 

SUGARS 

The  sugars  are  carbohydrates  widely  distributed  in  nature. 
They  form  crystals  and  dissolve  in  water.  They  have  a 
sweet  taste.  There  are  two  groups  of  sugars :  (1)  The 
monosaccharides  or  monoses,  including  glucose,  fructose,  and 
gelactose  having  the  general  formula  C6Hi206,  and  (2)  the 
disaccharides  or  dioses,  including  sucrose,  lactose,  and  maltose 
having  the  general  formula  C12H22O11. 

Glucose  called  grape  sugar  or  dextrose  is  found  in  grapes. 
Fructose  called  fruit  sugar  or  levulose  is  formed  with  glucose 
when  sucrose  is  hydrolyzed.  Gelactose  is  formed  with 
glucose  when  lactose  is  hydrolyzed. 


SUGARS  93 

EXPERIMENT   41 
Sugars 

Materials.  Sucrose  (cane  sugar),  lactose  (milk  sugar),  dextrose 
(grape  sugar),  in  five-gram  portions,  concentrated  sulfuric  acid, 
iodine  solution,  Fehling's  solution,  dilute  sulfuric  acid,  solid  so- 
dium carbonate,  raisins,  honey,  rice,  beets,  lemons,  flour. 

Apparatus.     Test  tubes,  small  beaker. 

A.  Physical  Properties  of  Sugars. 

1.  Obtain  5  grams  of  sucrose  or  cane  sugar,  C12H22O11. 
Note  its  form  and  taste.  Place  about  1  gram  in  a  test 
tube  half  full  of  cold  water.     Result? 

2.  Obtain  5  grams  of  lactose,  milk  sugar,  C12H22O11,  and 
note  its  form  and  taste.  Place  about  1  gram  in  a  test  tube 
half  full  of  cold  water.  Heat  the  water.  Is  it  more  soluble 
in  hot  or  in  cold  water  ?  Is  it  as  sweet  as  cane  sugar  ?  Is 
it  as  soluble  as  cane  sugar? 

3.  Repeat  (2),  using  grape  sugar,  C6H12O6,  sometimes  called 
glucose  or  dextrose.  Is  it  as  sweet  as  cane  sugar?  Is  it 
as  soluble?     Will  it  crystallize  as  easily? 

B.  Chemical  Properties  of  Sugars. 

1 .  Place  about  one  gram  of  sucrose  in  a  dry  test  tube  and 
heat  until  it  melts.  This  is  called  barley  sugar  and  when 
cool  it  forms  a  pale  yellow  glassy  mass. 

Heat  more  strongly.  Note  the  change  in  color,  odor,  and 
taste.     What  is  the  brown  sirup  formed? 

Now  heat  the  tube  intensely  until  the  substance  decom- 
poses. What  collects  on  the  cool  sides  of  the  test  tube? 
What  remains  in  the  tube?  What  does  this  prove  con- 
cerning the  composition  of  cane  sugar  (sucrose)  ?     Is  it  true 


94  CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS 

carbohydrate?     What  is  its  formula?     Write  the  equation 
to  show  its  complete  decomposition. 

2.  In  like  manner  heat  1  gram  of  lactose  until  it  is  com- 
pletely decomposed.  Result?  Is  it  also  a  true  carbo- 
hydrate? What  is  its  formula?  Write  the  equation  to 
show  its  complete  decomposition. 

3.  Repeat  (2),  using  grape  sugar.  Is  it  a  true  carbohy- 
drate? What  is  its  formula?  Write  the  equation  to  show 
its  complete  decomposition. 

4.  Place  1  gram  of  each  sugar  in  three  different  test  tubes 
and  cover  with  concentrated  sulfuric  acid.  Warm  if  neces- 
sary. Note  the  results  in  each  case  and  explain  fully.  Write 
an  equation  in  each  cas^  to  show  the  decomposition  of  the 
sugars  by  acid.  This  is  a  second  method  to  prove  sugars 
to  be  carbohydrates. 

5.  Dissolve  one  gram  of  each  sugar  in  hot  water  in  separate 
test  tubes,  cool,  and  add  a  few  drops  of  iodine  solution  to  each. 
Do  sugars  affect  iodine  solution  ? 

6.  Dissolve  1  gram  of  grape  sugar  in  hot  water,  add  5  cc.  of 
Fehling's  solution,  and  boil.  A  red  or  yellow  precipitate  of 
cuprous  oxide,  CU2O,  is  formed.  Grape  sugar  reduces  the 
copper  sulfate  in  the  Fehling's  solution  to  cuprous  oxide 
which  forms  the  red  precipitate.  Such  a  sugar  is  called  a 
reducing  sugar. 

7.  Dissolve  1  gram  of  sucrose,  cane  sugar,  in  water,  add 
Fehling's  solution,  and  boil.     Is  sucrose  a  reducing  sugar? 

8.  Repeat  (7),  using  lactose.  Is  lactose  a  reducing 
sugar  ? 

9.  Place  5  grams  of  sucrose  in  your  small  beaker.  Dissolve 
in  25  cc.  of  water.  Add  10  cc.  of  dilute  sulfuric  acid  and 
boil  1  minute.     Now  add  solid  sodium  carbonate  until  the 


SUGARS  95 

solution  is  alkaline  to  litmus,  then  add  Fehling's  solution  and 
boil.     Is  a  reducing  sugar  present? 

The  sugar  is  hydrolyzed  as  was  starch  in  Experiment  38. 
In  this  case  two  reducing  sugars  are  formed,  dextrose  and 
levulose.  Both  have  the  formula  C6Hi206.  Write  the 
equation  for  the  hydrolysis  of  sucrose,  naming  each  substance. 

C12H22On+H20  (by  means  of  H2S04) ^  C6H1206+C6H1206 

Now  explain  why  lemon  juice  or  vinegar  is  used  in  making 
taffy  or  in  general  to  prevent  the  graining  of  cane  sugar 
sirup. 

10.  Glucose  is  a  fermentable  sugar,  alcohol  and  carbon 
dioxide  being  formed. 

C6H1206+yeast — ^2  C2H5OH+2  C02 

Lactose  and  cane  sugar  are  not  fermentable  by  pure  yeast. 
An  enzyme  contained  in  the  yeast  hydrolyzes  these  sugars, 
forming  some  glucose.     Then  the  glucose  formed  ferments. 

11.  Summarize  the  results  of  the  tests  on  the  three  sugars 
in  a  table  under  the  following  heads :  Taste  as  compared 
with  cane  sugar.  Solubility  in  water.  Action  of  intense 
heat.  Result  of  boiling  with  dilute  acids.  Action  of 
Fehling's  solution.     Action  of  pure  yeast. 

C.    Method  of  Testing  Foods  for  Reducing  Sugars. 

1.  Boil  the  substance  in  water  after  breaking  it  into  small 
pieces,  add  Fehling's  solution  and  boil  again.  A  red  precipitate 
of  cuprous  oxide  indicates  the  presence  of  a  reducing  sugar. 

2.  Test  the  following  foods  for  a  reducing  sugar.  Name 
the  sugar  present  if  possible,  (a)  Raisins,  (b)  Honey,  (c) 
Rice,  (d)  Meat,  (e)  Beet,  (/)  Lemon,  (g)  Flour. 

3.  Of  what  use  are  the  sugars  to  the  body? 


96  CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS 


FATS    AND    OILS 


A  fat  is  an  ester.  An  ester  is  the  organic  salt  formed 
when  an  alcohol  (organic  base)  combines  with  an  organic 
acid.  When  the  alcohol  glycerin,  C3H5(OH)3,  combines 
with  stearic  acid,  Ci7H35COOH,  the  fat  glyceryl  stearate 
(stearin),  (CnHasCOO^CsHs,  is  formed. 

If  glycerin  combines  with  palmitic  acid,  C15H31COOH,  the 
fat  glyceryl  palmitate,  (C^HsiCOO^CsH^  (palmitin),  is 
formed. 

If  glycerin  combines  with  oleic  acid,  C17H33COOH,  the  fat 
glyceryl  oleate,  (Ci7H33COO)3C3H5  (olein),  is  formed. 

Ordinary  fats  are  mixtures  of  these  three  fats.  In  solid 
fats,  stearin  and  palmitin  predominate.  In  oils  olein  pre- 
dominates. 

Fats  are  non-nitrogenous,  organic  compounds.  They 
are  composed  of  carbon,  hydrogen,  and  oxygen,  but  they 
are  by  no  means  carbohydrates. 

EXPERIMENT    42 
Fats  and  Oils 

Materials.  Lard,  olive  oil,  butter,  cottonseed  oil,  gasoline,  ether, 
chloroform,  carbon  tetrachloride,  solution  of  egg  albumen  in 
water,  iodine  solution,  Fehling's  solution,  sodium  hydroxide  4  N, 
Sudan  III,  castor  beans,  boiled  egg  yolk,  walnuts,  chocolate, 
grated  cheese. 

Apparatus.     Test  tubes,  evaporating  dish,  beakers. 

Note :  Do  not  throw  fats  or  oils  into  the  sink,  put  them  in  the  jars 

A.   Physical  Properties  of  Fats  and  Oils. 

1.   Obtain  about  5  grams  of  each  of  the  following :  lard, 

olive  oil,  cottonseed  oil.     What  is  the  source  of  each? 


FATS  AND   OILS  97 

2.  Note  the  color,  odor,  and  taste  of  each.  Are  they 
soluble  in  water?  To  the  tubes  add  respectively  50  cc.  of 
gasoline,  ether,  chloroform,  and  carbon  tetrachloride. 

Caution:  Have  no  flames  near. 

Shake  well  and  then  look  for  the  oil.  Result?  Now  ex- 
plain how  a  grease  spot  on  clothing  may  be  removed  by  one 
of  these  solvents.  Which  is  the  best  to  use?  Why?  In 
removing  a  grease  spot  why  apply  solvent  at  the  outside 
and  work  toward  the  center  of  the  spot  ? 

3.  Place  1  cc.  of  olive  oil  in  a  test  tube.  Add  5  cc.  of  a 
solution  of  egg  albumen  in  water.  Shake  vigorously  for  a 
minute.  Result?  This  is  called  an  emulsion.  Let  it 
stand  and  note  that  in  time  the  oil  will  come  to  the  top. 
The  more  perfect  the  emulsion  the  longer  it  will  take  for  the 
oil  to  separate  out.  Milk  is  an  example  of  a  natural  emul- 
sion. Mayonnaise  dressing  is  an  example  of  a  prepared  emul- 
sion. The  disagreeable  taste  of  castor  oil  is  masked  by 
preparing  an  emulsion  by  first  adding  orange  juice,  then 
baking  soda,  and  stirring  rapidly. 

B.   Chemical  Properties  of  Fats  and  Oils. 

1.  In  a  test  tube  place  a  lump  of  lard  about  the  size  of 
a  bean.     Add  5  cc.  of  a  solution  of  iodine.     Result? 

2.  In  another  test  tube  place  the  same  amount  of  lard 
and  add  5  cc.  of  Fehling's  solution  and  boil.     Result? 

3.  In  a  clean  evaporating  dish  place  2  grams  of  lard ;  warm 
gently.  Result?  Heat  the  lard  more  and  more  strongly 
and  note  results.  The  strong,  irritating  odor  from  hot  lard 
or  other  fats  or  oils  is  due  to  the  formation  of  acrolein. 

4.  To  three  drops  of  cottonseed  oil  add  J  test  tube  of 
sodium  hydroxide  and  boil  for  a  minute  or  until  the  oil  can 


98  CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS 

no  longer  be  seen.  A  soap  is  formed.  The  process  is  called 
saponification.  Write  two  equations  to  show  the  reactions 
that  took  place.     Name  all  substances. 

C.   Tests  for  Fats  and  Oils. 

1.  The  reagent  Sudan  III  stains  fats  and  oils.  Cut  open  a 
castor  bean  or  a  sunflower  seed ;  apply  a  drop  of  the  reagent. 
Result?     In  like  manner  test  boiled  egg  yolk  for  fat. 

2.  Some  substances  contain  sufficient  fat  to  give  the 
"grease  spot"  test.  Rub  a  piece  of  walnut  on  a  page  of 
your  scratch  pad  placed  on  the  table.  Is  a  grease  spot 
formed?  Warm  the  spot  over  the  burner.  It  should  not 
disappear.     In  this  way  test  chocolate. 

3.  The  fat  may  be  extracted  from  the  substance  by  mixing 
well  with  ether  or  gasoline.  The  gasoline  will  dissolve  the 
fat  and  then  if  allowed  to  evaporate,  the  fat  will  be  left. 

Put  about  10  grams  of  grated  cheese  in  one  of  your 
beakers.     Add  25  cc.  of  gasoline ;  stir  well. 

Caution:    Have  no  flames  near. 

Filter  into  your  beaker  and  allow  the  filtrate  to  evapo- 
rate.    What  remains  in  the  beaker? 

4.  What  is  the  use  of  fats  to  the  body  ?  From  the  Appen- 
dix make  a  list  of  10  foods  containing  much  fat  (80  %  to  100  %). 
Make  a  list  of  10  foods  containing  very  little  or  no  fat  (10% 
to  none) .  Name  five  fats  or  oils  of  commercial  value  and  give 
their  uses. 

NITROGENOUS    SUBSTANCES 

Nitrogenous  substances  are  very  complex  compounds, 
found  in  some  plant  and  nearly  all  animal  tissues.  The 
most  important  nitrogenous  substances  are  called  proteins. 
They  are  composed  of  carbon,  hydrogen,  oxygen,  and  about 


THE  ALBUMENS   AND   CASEIN  99 

14  %  of  nitrogen  with  varying  amounts  of  sulfur  and  phos- 
phorus. The  proteins  may  be  classified  into  four  groups : 
(1)  Those  soluble  in  cold  water  and  coagulated  by  hot  water, 
called  the  albumens  (egg  albumen,  blood  albumen,  milk 
albumen).  (2)  Those  soluble  in  hot  or  cold  water  (casein 
in  milk).  (3)  Those  not  soluble  in  hot  or  cold  water,  called 
globulins  (myosin  in  meat,  gluten  in  flour,  and  legumen  in 
peas  and  beans) .  (4)  Those  soluble  in  hot  water  but  not  in  cold, 
called  albuminoids  or  gelatinoids  because  when  the  hot  solu- 
tion is  allowed  to  cool  a  jelly  is  formed  (collagen  from  skin, 
cartilage,  and  bones,  and  keratin  from  hair, horns,  and  hoofs). 

EXPERIMENT   43 
The  Albumens  and  Casein 

Materials.  Fresh  egg  albumen,  concentrated  nitric  acid,  am- 
monia, Millon's  reagent,  dry  blood  albumen,  dry  egg  albumen, 
soda  lime,  red  litmus  paper,  fresh  milk,  rennin,  dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid  or  acetic  acid. 

Apparatus.  Test  tubes,  funnel,  filter  paper,  evaporating  dish, 
stirring  rod. 

A.   The  Albumens  (Soluble  in  Cold  Water,  Coagulated  by  Hot  Water). 

1.  Obtain  1  cc.  of  fresh  egg  albumen  in  a  test  tube.  Note 
its  physical  properties.  Add  20  cc.  of  cold  water  and  shake 
well.     Does  it  dissolve? 

2.  Heat  the  solution  of  egg  albumen.     Result? 

3.  Filter  the  coagulated  albumen  and  place  a  portion  of 
it  in  your  evaporating  dish.  Heat  slowly  and  note  the  pecul- 
iar odor  of  burning  protein.  Explain.  This  is  the  "  burn- 
ing test"  for  proteins. 

4.  To  another  portion  of  the  coagulated  albumen  add 


100  CHEMISTRY  OF  FOODS 


E 


concentrated  nitric  acid  till  the  albumen  is  covered.  Warm 
gently.  Result?  Now  pour  off  the  acid,  rinse  with  water, 
and  add  ammonia.  Result?  This  is  the  xanthoproteic 
test  for  proteins. 

5.  Obtain  about  10  cc.  of  blood  albumen  in  water.  Add 
1  cc.  of  Millon's  reagent  and  boil.  Result?  This  is  Millon's 
test  for  proteins. 

6.  Obtain  2  grams  of  dry  blood  or  egg  albumen,  mix  with 
soda  lime,  and  heat  in  a  test  tube.  Note  the  odor  and  hold 
a  piece  of  moist  red  litmus  at  the  mouth  of  the  tube.  What 
is  the  gas  given  off?  Explain.  This  is  the  decomposition 
test  for  proteins. 

7.  Obtain  20  cc.  of  fresh  milk  in  your  evaporating  dish 
and  heat.  What  are  the  scums  formed  ?  By  means  of  the 
stirring  rod  place  some  of  the  scum  in  a  test  tube  and  apply 
the  xanthoproteic  test  (see  4  above).     Result? 

B.   Casein  (Soluble  in  Hot  and  Cold  Water). 

1 .  Is  casein  soluble  in  hot  water  ?     How  do  you  know  ? 

2.  To  a  portion  of  the  milk  used  in  A,  7  add  dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid  or  acetic  acid.     Result  ? 

To  another  portion  add  rennin  and  warm  gently.  Allow 
it  to  cool  for  five  minutes.     Result? 

3.  To  a  part  of  the  casein  apply  the  burning  test.     Result  ? 

4.  Apply  the  xanthoproteic  test.     Result  ? 

5.  Apply  the  Millon's  test.     Result? 

6.  Apply  the  decomposition  test,  using  soda  lime.    Result  ? 

Questions 

1 .  If  albumen  and  casein  were  in  a  solution  together,  how 
could  you  separate  one  from  the  other  ? 

2.  What  are  some  of  the  tests  for  albumen  and  casein  ? 


THE  GLOBULINS  AND   ALBUMINOIDS  101 

EXPERIMENT    44 

The  Globulins  and  Albuminoids 

Note  to  instructor:  Have  part  i  of  A  done  at  home.  The  gluten  loaves 
should  be  submitted  for  approval  and  credit. 

Materials.  Flour,  nitric  acid,  ammonia,  Millon's  reagent, 
soaked  beans,  bones  soaked  in  hydrochloric  acid  for  a  week, 
soup  bones,  hair  or  feathers,  sodium  hydroxide  4  N,  sodium 
plumbite  solution. 

Note:  Sodium  plumbite  solution  may  be  prepared  by  adding  sodium 
hydroxide  to  lead  acetate  solution  until  the  precipitate  first  formed  dissolves 
on  heating. 

Apparatus.     Muslin  bag,  test  tubes,  evaporating  dish. 

A.   The  Globulins  (Insoluble  in  Hot  or  Cold  Water). 

Gluten  is  the  globulin  found  in  wheat  and  other  cereals. 

1.  Into  a  cup  full  of  flour  stir  just  enough  water  to  make  a 
heavy  dough.  Place  the  dough  in  a  muslin  bag  and  knead 
it  in  the  hand  in  a  running  stream  of  water  till  the  water 
runs  through  clear.  What  part  of  the  flour  is  removed  in 
this  manner?  Examine  the  gluten  remaining  in  the  bag. 
What  are  its  physical  properties?  Is  it  soluble  in  cold 
water?  Leave  about  one  fourth  of  the  gluten  in  the  wet 
muslin  bag  and  take  it  to  the  laboratory  for  the  chemical 
tests.  Bake  the  other  three  fourths  in  a  moderate  oven. 
Result  ?     Take  the  gluten  loaf  to  the  instructor  for  credit. 

2.  Place  a  piece  of  unbaked  gluten  about  the  size  of  a 
bean  in  a  test  tube ;  add  water  and  boil.  Is  gluten  soluble 
in  hot  water  ? 

3.  Place  a  similar  piece  in  your  evaporating  dish.  Heat 
and  note  the  odor. 

4.  Apply  the  xanthoproteic  test.     Result  ? 


102  DIGESTION  OF  FOOD 

5.  Apply  the  Millon's  test.  Result?  Is  gluten  a  true 
protein  ? 

6.  Myosin  is  the  globulin  found  in  meat.  Burn  a  small 
piece  of  meat  and  note  the  odor.  Apply  the  xanthoproteic 
test.     Result? 

7.  Legumen  is  the  globulin  in  peas  and  beans.  Burn 
half  a  bean  that  has  soaked  overnight.  Result?  Apply 
the  xanthoproteic  test  to  half  a  soaked  bean.  Is  a  protein 
present  ? 

B.   Albuminoids  or  Gelatinoids  (Soluble  in  Hot  Water,  Forming  Jellies 
on  Cooling). 

Collagen  is  the  protein  found  in  cartilage,  skin,  and  bones. 

1.  (Instructor's  experiment.)  Boil  for  some  time  a  soup 
bone  (chiefly  tendons  and  bone).  Strain  off  the  clear  liquid 
and  cool  it.     A  jelly  is  formed. 

2.  Soak  bones  in  hydrochloric  acid  for  2  or  3  days  or  a 
week.  Neutralize  the  acid  with  sodium  carbonate.  Then 
boil  the  soft  bone.  Allow  to  cool.  A  jelly  is  formed.  Com- 
mercial gelatine  is  made  from  bones. 

Keratin  is  a  very  insoluble  protein  containing  much  sul- 
fur.    Found  in  hair,  hoofs,  and  nails. 

3.  Burn  some  hairs  or  feathers  and  note  the  odor. 

4.  Boil  some  hair  or  feathers  with  strong  NaOH.  Add 
sodium  plumbite  solution.  A  black  precipitate  of  lead 
sulfide  shows  the  presence  of  sulfur  in  keratin. 

XI.     DIGESTION   OF  FOOD 

The  body  is  composed  of  water,  proteins,  fats,  and  mineral 
matter.  The  average  daily  ration  contains  about  100  grams 
of  protein,  100  grams  of  fat,  and  420  grams  of  carbohydrates, 


DIGESTION  OF  STARCH  103 

and  over  a  liter  of  water.  Before  the  proteins  of  food  can 
enter  the  blood  to  build  the  body,  they  must  be  dissolved. 
Before  the  fats  can  enter  the  blood,  they  must  be  emulsified 
or  saponified.  Before  the  carbohydrates  can  enter  the 
blood  to  furnish  heat  and  energy  to  the  body,  they  have  to 
be  dissolved  and  changed  to  simple  sugars.  These  changes 
in  the  food  we  eat  are  brought  about  by  various  juices  in 
the  digestive  tract.     The  process  is  called  digestion. 

In  the  study  of  the  digestion  of  foods  the  following  books 
are  suggested  for  reference. 

1.  Appendix  in  this  manual 

2.  Halliburton,  Physiological  Chemistry. 

3.  Snell,  Elementary  Household  Chemistry. 

4.  Hawk,  Practical  Physiological  Chemistry. 

5.  Hutchison,  Food  and  Dietetics. 

6.  Mathews,  Physiological  Chemistry. 


EXPERIMENT   45 
Digestion  of  Starch 

Materials.  Red  litmus  paper,  Fehling's  solution,  iodine  solu- 
tion, clean,  freshly  prepared  corn  starch  paste,  pancreatin,  bile 
(oxgall),  sodium  carbonate  solution. 

Apparatus  Test  tubes,  thermometer  (Fahrenheit  or  centi- 
grade), tireless  cooker. 

A.   Action  of  Saliva  on  Cooked  Starch. 

1.  Allow  some  clear  saliva  to  run  from  the  mouth  into  a 
clean  test  tube.  Place  a  piece  of  red  litmus  paper  in  the 
mouth,  and  while  holding  it  there  test  the  saliva  in  the  test 
tube  with  Fehling's  solution.     Result? 


104  DIGESTION  OF  FOOD 

2.  Now  remove  the  litmus  paper  from  the  mouth.  Is 
saliva  alkaline  or  acid? 

3.  Test  1  cc.  of  freshly  prepared  corn  starch  paste  with 
Fehling's  solution.     Result? 

4.  Now  put  about  half  a  teaspoonful  of  the  same  paste 
in  the  mouth  and  hold  it  for  a  minute.  Chew  it  in  order 
that  the  starch  may  be  well  mixed  with  the  saliva.  Note 
that  the  taste  becomes  sweet. 

5.  Put  the  paste  from  the  mouth  into  a  test  tube.  Add 
Fehling's  solution  and  boil.  Result?  What  is  the  effect 
of  saliva  on  boiled  starch  ? 

6.  What  is  the  source  of  the  saliva  ?  What  is  the  ferment 
in  the  saliva  that  changes  the  starch?  Will  this  ferment 
act  upon  uncooked  starch  or  upon  cellulose  ? 

B.   Action  of  Pancreatic  Juice  on  Starch.     (Instructor's  Experiment.) 

The  pancreatic  juice  comes  from  the  pancreas.  It  acts 
in  the  small  intestine  in  an  alkaline  solution.  The  ferment 
in  the  pancreatic  juice  that  acts  upon  starch  is  amylopsin. 

1.  Dissolve  3  grains  of  pancreatin  in  100  cc.  of  lukewarm 
water.  Test  3  cc.  with  iodine  and  with  Fehling's  solution. 
Result? 

2.  Dissolve  3  grams  of  bile  (ox  gall)  in  100  cc.  of  luke- 
warm water.  Test  5  cc.  with  iodine  and  with  Fehling's  solu- 
tion.    Result? 

3.  Obtain  three  test  tubes.  To  test  tube  No  1  add  5 
cc.  of  starch  paste  and  20  cc.  of  pancreatin  solution.  To 
No.  2  add  5  cc.  of  starch  paste  and  20  cc.  of  bile  solution. 
To  No.  3  add  5  cc.  of  starch  paste,  5  cc.  of  bile,  15  cc.  of 
pancreatin,  and  5  cc.  of  dilute  sodium  carbonate.  Keep  all 
the  tubes  in  a  water  bath  at  a  temperature  of  98°  F.  or 


DIGESTION  OF  PROTEINS  105 

36.6°  C.  (temperature  of  the  normal  human  body)  for  24 
hours.  This  can  be  satisfactorily  done  by  means  of  a  tireless 
cooker. 

4.  Remove  the  tubes.  Test  the  contents  of  each  for 
starch  by  the  iodine  solution  and  for  sugar  by  means  of  the 
Fehling's  solution.  In  which  case  was  digestion  most  com- 
plete?   Why? 

Questions 

1.  You  eat  a  piece  of -cake.  Explain  all  the  changes  the 
starch  undergoes  before  it  is  ready  for  the  blood. 

2.  Explain  what  changes  cane  sugar  must  undergo  before 
it  is  digestible.     (See  Appendix.) 

3.  Of  what  use  are  carbohydrates  to  the  body? 

EXPERIMENT  46 
Digestion  of  Proteins 

Materials.  Minced  egg  albumen  from  a  hard-boiled  egg,  pepsin 
solution  prepared  by  dissolving  1  g.  of  pepsin  in  500  cc.  of 
water,  5  N  solution  of  HC1,  pancreatin  solution  prepared  by  dis- 
solving i  g.  of  pancreatin  in  500  cc.  of  water,  sodium  carbonate 
solution  made  by  dissolving  1  g.  of  sodium  carbonate  in  100 
cc.  of  water. 

Apparatus.  Test  tubes,  thermometer,  tireless  cooker  or  water 
oven. 

A.   Action  of  Gastric  Juice.     (Instructor's  Experiment.) 

The  saliva  has  no  action  on  proteins.  The  gastric  juice 
comes  from  the  walls  of  the  stomach.  It  consists  of  water, 
acids  (hydrochloric  acid  chiefly),  and  several  ferments.  The 
ferments  that  act  upon  protein  are  rennin  and  pepsin. 

1.   What  is  the  action  of  hydrochloric  acid  upon  dissolved 


106  DIGESTION   OF  FOOD 

proteins  like  casein  and  albumen  in  milk  ?     (Recall  Experi- 
ment 43,  B,  2.) 

2.  What  is  the  action  of  rennin  upon  such  proteins  ?  (See 
also  Experiment  43,  B,  2.) 

3.  Mince  well  in  a  clean  mortar  the  coagulated  egg  al- 
bumen of  a  hard-boiled  egg.  In  each  of  4  test  tubes  place 
about  3  grams  of  egg  albumen.  To  tube  No.  1  add  20  cc. 
water.  To  test  tube  No.  2  add  20  cc.  hydrochloric  acid. 
To  No.  3  add  20  cc.  of  the  pepsin  solution.  To  No.  4  add 
10  cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  pepsin. 

4.  In  a  fifth  test  tube  place  a  lump  of  egg  albumen.  Add 
10  cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  pepsin.  This  is  tube  No.  5. 
Label  each  tube  and  keep  them  all  at  a  temperature  of  98°  F. 
(about  37°  C.)  for  24  hours.  To  do  this  put  them  in  a  water 
bath  in  a  fireless  cooker  or  in  a  water  oven. 

5.  In  which  tube  is  the  egg  albumen  most  completely 
liquefied  or  digested  ?  To  what  may  some  of  the  cases  of 
indigestion  be  due  ? 

6.  Compare  tubes  No.  4  and  No.  5.  How  is  the  diges- 
tion of  proteins  affected  by  insufficient  mastication  ? 

B.   Action  of  the  Pancreatic  Juice. 

The  ferment  in  the  pancreatic  juice  which  acts  upon  pro- 
teins is  trypsin.  It  acts  in  an  alkaline  solution  in  the  small 
intestine. 

1.  In  each  of  3  other  test  tubes  place  3  grams  of  the 
minced  egg  albumen.  Number  these  test  tubes  No.  6, 
No.  7,  and  No.  8  respectively.  To  No.  6  add  10  cc.  of 
pancreatin  solution  and  10  cc.  of  the  hydrochloric  acid. 
To  No.  7  add  10  cc.  of  pancreatic  and  10  cc.  of  the  sodium 
carbonate  solution.     Put  these  tubes  into  the  same  water 


FOOD   ANALYSIS  107 

bath  at  98°  F.  or  37°  C.  for  24  hours.     To  No.  8  add  only 
pancreatin  solution. 

2.  Note  results  in  Nos.  6,  7,  and  8.  In  which  tube  is 
digestion  most  complete  ? 

Questions 

1.  If  you  drink  a  glass  of  milk,  explain  all  the  changes 
the  casein  will  undergo  before  it  enters  the  blood.  Tell 
where  each  change  takes  place,  and  the  name  of  the  ferments 
causing  it. 

2.  Of  what  use  are  proteins  to  the  body? 

3.  Explain  how  fats  are  digested.     (See  Appendix.) 

4.  Of  what  use  are  fats  to  the  body  ? 

5.  How  are  the  sugars  (disaccharids)  digested?  (See 
Appendix.) 

6.  Of  what  use  are  the  sugars  to  the  body  ? 

7.  If  you  eat  ice  cream  explain  completely  the  digestion 
of  fat,  the  cane  sugar,  and  the  milk  sugar. 

XII.     FOOD   ANALYSIS 

It  would  be  impossible  in  a  course  of  this  kind  to  take  up 
in  detail  the  analysis  of  many  foods.  Milk  is  the  most 
common  food  and  possibly  the  one  most  subject  to  adultera- 
tion and  contamination.  Its  composition  and  method  of 
analysis  should  be  understood. 

Books  of  reference : 

1.  Olsen,  Pure  Foods. 

2.  Leach,  Food  Inspection  and  Analysis. 

3.  Sherman,  Food  Products. 

4.  Wing,  Milk  and  Its  Products. 

5.  Woodman,  Food  Analysis. 


108  FOOD  ANALYSIS 

EXPERIMENT   47 
Analysis  of  Milk 

Materials.  Whole  milk,  skimmed  milk,  dilute  hydrochloric 
acid,  litmus,  rennin  or  junket  tablets,  Fehling's  solution. 

Apparatus.  Hydrometer,  lactometer,  hydrometer  jars,  evaporat- 
ing dish,  balance,  centrifugal  machine. 

A.  Specific  Gravity  of  Milk.     (Instructor's  Experiment.) 

1.  Test  the  specific  gravity  of  water,  whole  milk,  and 
skimmed  milk  with  a  hydrometer.  Which  is  the  heaviest 
per  unit  volume  ?     Which  is  the  lightest  ? 

2.  Test  the  specific  gravity  of  water,  whole  milk,  and 
skimmed  milk  with  a  lactometer.  Could  water  be  added 
to  skimmed  milk  till  its  specific  gravity  was  that  of  whole 
milk?     Try  it. 

B.  Water  in  Milk.     (Student's  Experiment.) 

1.  Weigh  an  evaporating  dish  on  a  balance.  Pour  about 
20  cc.  of  whole  milk  into  the  dish  and  weigh  again.  What 
is  the  weight  of  the  milk?  Heat  the  milk  gently  until  all 
the  water  is  evaporated.  Do  not  let  it  char.  Weigh  the  dish 
with  the  residue.     Calculate  the  per  cent  of  water  in  milk. 

2.  Tabulate  your  data  thus  : 

(a)    Weight  of  empty  dish  = g. 

(6)    Weight  of  dish  plus  milk  before  evaporating  water         = g. 

(c)    Weight  of  dish  plus  residue  after  evaporating  water       = g. 

(&)  —  («)  = g.,  weight  of  milk  used 

(6)  —  (c)  = g.,  weight  of  water  in  milk 

3.  Calculate  the  per  cent  of  water  thus : 
Weight  of  water   ~   weight  of  milk 

Xl00  = %  water  in  milk. 

What  is  the  correct  per  cent  of  water  in  milk? 


ANALYSIS  OF  MILK  109 

C.   Total  Solids  in  Milk   (Albumen,  Casein,  Lactose,  Fats,   Mineral 
Matter). 

1.  From  the  data  in  B,  2  above  calculate  the  per  cent  of 
total  solids  in  milk,  thus : 

(6)  —  (a)  = g.,  weight  of  milk  used 

(c)  —  (a)  = g.,  weight  of  residue  or  total  solids 

Then,    weight    of    total    solids  -r  weight    of    milk  X  100  = 

■ %  of  total  solids  in  milk. 

2.  What  is  the  correct  per  cent  of  solids  in  milk  ? 

3.  If  the  per  cent  of  total  solids  is  less  than  12%,  what 
does  it  indicate  ? 

D.  Mineral  Matter  in  Milk. 

1.  Ignite  the  residue  that  remains  after  evaporating  the 
water  in  (B)  until  only  a  white  ash  remains.  What  sub- 
stances in  the  residue  will  burn  ? 

2    Weigh  the  dish  plus  ash  and  call  this  (d). 

3.  Determine  the  per  cent  of  ash  thus  : 

(6)  —  (a)  = g.,  weight  of  milk  used 

(d)  —  (a)  = g.,  weight  of  ash 

Weight  of  ash  -s-  weight  of  milk  X  100=  %  of  ash 

4.  What  is  the  correct  per  cent  of  ash  in  milk  ? 

5.  What  is  the  ash  in  milk  chiefly? 

E.  Fats  in  Milk.     (Instructor's  Experiment.) 

1.  Milk  is  an  emulsion.  The  small  particles  of  butter 
fat  are  held  in  suspension  by  the  milk  albumen  and  casein. 
If  fresh  milk  is  allowed  to  stand  in  a  cool  place,  the  butter 
fat  rises,  forming  a  layer  of  cream.  This  is  the  gravity 
method  of  separating  cream  from  milk. 

2.  In  dairies  the  cream  is  separated  from  the  milk  more 
completely  and  more  quickly  by  the  centrifugal  cream  sepa- 


110  FOOD   ANALYSIS 

rator.  Show  the  principle  of  the  separator  by  filling  the 
tubes  of  a  centrifugal  machine  with  whole  milk.  Operate 
the  machine  for  five  minutes  and  note  the  layer  of  cream  in 
the  tubes. 

3.  If  there  is  a  Babcock  milk-testing  machine  in  the  labor- 
atory, determine  the  per  cent  of  butter  fat  in  whole  milk. 
(See  Experiment  48.) 

4.  What  is  the  usual  per  cent  of  fat  in  milk  ? 

5.  What  per  cent  is  required  by  law  in  the  city  ? 

F.  Albumen  in  Milk.     (Student's  Experiment.) 

1 .  How  would  you  show  the  presence  of  albumen  in  milk  ? 
Recall  Experiment  43,  A,  7. 

2.  What  is  the  per  cent  of  albumen  in  milk? 

G.  Casein  in  Milk. 

1.  To  half  a  test  tube  of  skimmed  milk  add  dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid  or  any  dilute  acid.  Warm.  Wrhat  is  the  coagu- 
lated mass  ?     Recall  Experiment  43,  B,  2. 

2.  Test  milk  with  litmus.  Result?  Now  let  it  stand  in 
a  warm  place  for  two  or  three  days  till  it  is  thick.  Taste 
it,  smell  it,  and  test  with  litmus.  Some  of  the  lactose  is 
changed  to  lactic  acid,  which  coagulates  the  casein. 

3.  Warm  50  cc.  of  milk  in  your  evaporating  dish.  Add 
a  little  "rennin"  or  "rennit"  or  a  piece  of  "junket  tablet" 
about  the  size  of  a  pin  head.  Stir  till  it  is  dissolved,  then 
cool  it.     Result  ?     Keep  this  for  H. 

4.  What  is  the  per  cent  of  casein  in  milk  ? 
H.  Lactose,  the  Sugar  in  Milk. 

1.  Warm  the  coagulated  casein  obtained  in  G,  3  above, 
then  filter  the  "curd."  The  greenish  liquid  obtained  as 
the  filtrate  is  called  "  whey.:* 


BABCOCK   TEST  FOR  BUTTER  FAT  IN  MILK  111 

2.  Add  Fehling's  solution  to    some   "whey."     Boil.     Is 
lactose  present  ? 

3.  What  is  the  per  cent  of  sugar  in  milk? 

Questions 

1.  What  is  the  average  composition  of  cow's  milk? 

2.  Is  milk  a  perfect  food  for  an  adult ?     Why? 

3.  What  is  butter? 

4.  What  is  buttermilk? 

5.  What  is  cottage  cheese  ? 

6.  How   is    the   ordinary  grocery   or   "eheddar"  cheese 
made? 

7.  What  is  evaporated  milk? 

8.  What  is  ice  cream? 

EXPERIMENT    48 
Babcock  Test  for  Butter  Fat  in  Milk 

Note :  Four  varieties  of  test  bottles  are  used  as  follows : 

a.  for  whole  milk,  graduated  for  8  %  to  io  %. 

b.  for  ordinary  cream,  graduated  for  about  30  %. 

c.  for  whipping  cream,  graduated  for  50  %. 

d.  for  skimmed  milk,  graduated  for  .5  %. 

Materials.  Bottle  of  whole  milk,  concentrated  sulfuric  acid, 
skimmed  milk,  canned  milk,  ordinary  cream,  whipping  cream. 

Apparatus.  Babcock  test  bottles  as  indicated  above,  Babcock 
tester,  pipette. 

A.   Whole  Milk. 

1.  Thoroughly  mix  the  entire  bottle  or  can  of  milk  by 
pouring  back  and  forth  into  a  beaker  several  times. 

2.  Using  the  pipette,  measure  17.6  cc.  and  deliver  into  the 
test  bottle  a  (for  whole  milk).     Incline  the  test  bottle  so 


112  FOOD   ANALYSIS 

that  the  milk  will  run  down  one  side  of  the  narrow  neck  while 
air  passes  out  the  other  side,  to  avoid  bubbling  and  loss  of 
milk. 

3.  Add  17.5  cc.  of  concentrated  sulfuric  acid,  inclining  the 
test  bottle  as  before  and  revolving  it  slowly  so  that  all  parts 
of  the  neck  have  the  milk  washed  down. 

4.  The  acid  sinks  to  the  bottom.  Mix  acid  and  milk 
by  revolving  and  gentle  shaking,  being  careful  not  to  throw 
clots  back  into  the  neck.  The  acid  dissolves  all  but  the  fat 
and  the  contents  turn  dark  brown  and  get  hot. 

5.  Put  the  bottle  into  the  Babcock  testing  machine. 
Fill  all  the  pockets  with  bottles  of  milk  to  be  tested  or  fill 
the  opposite  bottles  to  balance  the  machine. 

6.  Whirl  5  minutes  at  the  required  speed  (80  turns  per 
minute  usually).  Add  hot  water  to  fill  the  neck  of  the  test 
bottle.     Whirl  2  minutes  more. 

7.  Add  hot  water  to  drive  all  the  fat  into  the  neck  of  the 
test  bottles,  but  not  above  the  graduations.  Whirl  one 
minute  more. 

8.  Read  the  per  cent  of  fat  from  the  graduated  neck  while 
still  hot.  What  is  the  per  cent  of  butter  fat  in  the  sample 
of  whole  milk? 

B.    Ordinary  Cream. 

1.  Put  empty  test  bottle  b  on  the  scales.  Weigh  it.  Add 
just  18  grams  of  thoroughly  mixed  cream.  This  is  about 
the  amount  of  cream  that  the  17.6  cc.  pipette  will  deliver. 
9  grams  of  cream  may  be  used  and  the  result  multiplied 
by  2. 

2.  Add  acid  and  proceed  as  for  milk.  What  is  the  per 
cent  of  butter  fat  in  ordinary  cream  ? 


BEVERAGES— TEA,   COFFEE,   COCOA  113 

C.  Whipping  Cream. 

1.  Put  empty  test  bottle  c  on  the  scales  and  proceed  as 
for  ordinary  cream.  9  grams  may  also  be  used  and  the  per 
cent  multiplied  by  2.  What  is  the  per  cent  of  butter  fat  in 
whipping  cream  ? 

D.  Skimmed  Milk. 

1.  Use  test  bottle  d  with  two  necks,  the  larger  to  deliver 
materials  into  the  smaller,  to  read  the  fractions  of  per  cents 
as  the  fat  rises.  What  is  the  per  cent  of  butter  fat  in  skimmed 
milk? 

E.  Canned  Milk. 

1.  Pour  out  entire  contents  of  the  can  and  mix  well. 

2.  Weigh  9  grams  into  test  bottle  a.  Add  9  cc.  of  water. 
Mix  thoroughly  in  the  test  bottle.  Add  enough  concen- 
trated sulfuric  acid  to  turn  the  contents  dark  brown.  Pro- 
ceed as  before.    ' 

3.  If  the  canned  milk  is  sweetened  special  precautions 
may  be  necessary.  (See  Leach.)  What  is  the  per  cent  of 
butter  fat  in  the  milk  tested  ? 

EXPERIMENT    49 

Beverages  —  Tea,  Coffee,  Cocoa 
References : 

1.  Olsen,  Pure  Food,  pages  110-112. 

2.  Sherman,  Food  Products,  pages  465-466. 

3.  Bailey,  Sanitary  and  Applied  Chemistry,  Chapter  XXII. 

Materials.  Tea,  coffee,  chocolate,  cocoa,  ferric  chloride, 
chloroform,  iodine  solution,  sulfuric  acid,  Fehling's  solution, 
Millon's  reagent. 

Apparatus.  Beakers,  funnels,  filter  paper,  test  tubes,  graduate, 
teaspoons,  tablespoons,  separatory  funnel 


114  FOOD  ANALYSIS 

Tea 

A.  Tannin  in  Tea. 

1.  Boil  50  cc.  of  water  in  a  beaker.  Add  a  level  tea- 
spoonful  of  tea  and  remove  from  the  flame  at  once.  Allow 
it  to  stand  just  five  minutes,  then  filter.  Place  5  cc.  of  the 
filtrate  in  a  test  tube,  add  1  cc.  of  ferric  chloride,  25  cc.  of 
water  from  your  graduate.  Stir.  Keep  this  test  for  com- 
parison.    What  is  the  dark  precipitate? 

2.  To  50  cc.  of  boiling  water  in  the  beaker  add  a  level 
teaspoonful  of  the  same  tea  and  boil  for  five  minutes,  then 
filter.  Place  5  cc.  of  the  filtrate  in  a  test  tube  of  the  same 
size  as  that  used  in  A,  1.  x\dd  1  cc.  of  ferric  chloride  solu- 
tion and  then  25  cc.  of  water.  Stir.  Compare  the  intensity 
of  color  with  that  of  A,  1  and  explain.  What  is  the  best 
method  of  preparing  tea  ?     Why  ? 

B.  Theine  or  Caffeine  in  Tea.     (Instructor's  Experiment.) 

1.  Boil  three  teaspoonfuls  of  good  tea  in  100  cc.  of  water 
for  five  minutes,  filter,  cool,  and  add  20  cc.  of  chloroform. 
Place  the  mixture  in  a  separatory  funnel,  shake  well  for  one 
minute,  and  then  allow  the  chloroform  to  settle.  Draw  it 
off  into  a  clean  beaker  and  allow  it  to  evaporate  at  room 
temperature.  Note  the  pleasant  smelling,  silky  crystals 
of  theine  or  caffeine.     (They  are  the  same  chemically.) 

C.  Questions  on  Tea. 

1.  How  is  green  tea  prepared  for  market?  Name  some 
varieties  of  green  tea  on  the  market. 

2.  How  does  black  tea  differ  from  green  tea  ?  Name  some 
varieties  of  black  tea  on  the  market. 

3.  Which  contains  more  tannin,  the  black  or  the  green 
tea  ?     Give  the  reason  for  vour  answer. 


BEVERAGES— TEA,   COFFEE,   COCOA  115 

Coffee 

D.  Tannin  in  Coffee. 

1.  To  200  cc.  of  cold  water  in  your  large  beaker  add  one 
tablespoonful  of  well-ground  coffee.  Slowly  bring  this  to 
the  boiling  point  and  boil  for  three  minutes.  Filter.  Treat 
5  cc.  of  the  filtrate  as  in  A,  1.     Keep  the  test  for  comparison. 

2.  Repeat  D,  1,  but  boil  for  fifteen  minutes.  Filter  and 
treat  5  cc.  of  the  filtrate  as  in  A,  1.  Compare  the  intensity 
of  color  with  that  of  D,  1  and  explain.  What  is  the  best 
method  of  preparing  coffee?     Why? 

E.  Caffeine  or  Theine  in  Coffee.     (Instructor's  Experiment.) 

1.  Add  two  tablespoonfuls  of  coffee  to  250  cc.  of  cold 
water.  Bring  slowly  to  the  boiling  point  and  boil  five  min- 
utes. Filter.  Cool  the  filtrate  and  repeat  B,  1.  Note 
the  pleasant  smelling,  silky  crystals  of  caffeine  or  theine. 
What  is  the  effect  of  caffeine  or  theine  upon  the  human 
system  ? 

F.  Questions  on  Coffee. 

1.  How  is  coffee  prepared  for  market? 

2.  Why  is  the  coffee  bean  roasted? 

Chocolate  and  Cocoa 

G.  Fat  in  Chocolate  and  Cocoa. 

1.  Test  both  chocolate  and  cocoa  for  fat  by  treating  10 
grams  of  each  with  50  cc.  of  gasoline.  Shake  well  and  filter 
through  a  dry  filter.  Allow  the  gasoline  to  evaporate. 
Which  contains  the  most  fat? 

H.    Questions  on  Chocolate  and  Cocoa. 

1.  How  is  chocolate  prepared  from  the  bean  for  market? 

2.  How  is  the  beverage  made  from  chocolate? 


116  FOOD   ADULTERANTS 

3.  How  does  the  preparation   of   cocoa   on   the   market 
differ  from  that  of  chocolate? 

4.  Which  beverage  is  the  more  nourishing,  chocolate  or 
cocoa  ?     Why  ? 

5.  For  what  other  purposes  are  chocolate  and  cocoa  used? 

Note:   If  possible  visit  a  manufacturing  house  where  chocolate  and  cocoa 
are  prepared  from  the  unroasted  beans. 


XIII.     FOOD   ADULTERANTS 

The  most  important  food  adulterants  may  be  divided 
into  three  classes :  (1)  Substitutes.  (2)  Artificial  Coloring. 
(3)  Preservatives. 

References : 

1.  Leach,  Food  Inspection  and  Analysis. 

2.  E.  M.  Bruce,  Detection  of  the  Common  Food  Adulterants. 

3.  Woodman,  Food  Analysis. 

4.  Olsen,  Pure  Foods. 


EXPERIMENT  50 

Adulterants  in  Milk 

Materials.  Milk  containing  borax  or  boric  acid,  another  sample 
containing  formaldehyde,  limewater,  hydrochloric  acid,  turmeric 
paper,  ferric  ammonium  alum,  concentrated  sulfuric  acid. 

Apparatus.     Evaporating  dish,  test  tubes. 

A.   Substitutes. 

1.  Cream  may  be  removed  and  water  added  until  the 
specific  gravity  is  that  of  pure  whole  milk.  What  should 
be  the  per  cent  of  water  in  whole  milk?  How  can  the  per 
cent  of  water  in  milk  be  determined?     (See  Experiment  47.) 


ADULTERANTS  IN  MILK  117 

B.  Artificial  Coloring. 

Milk  is  seldom  colored  artificially.  Annatto  or  turmeric 
might  be  used  as  in  the  case  of  butter  and  they  would  be 
detected  in  the  same  way. 

C.  Preservatives. 

1 .  Borax  and  boric  acid  in  milk  may  be  detected  as  follows : 
Place  20  cc.  of  milk  in  an  evaporating  dish.  Add  5  cc.  of 
limewater.  Evaporate  to  dryness.  Continue  to  heat  the 
dish  till  only  a  white  residue  remains.  If  borax  or  boric 
acid  was  in  the  milk  it  will  be  present  in  this  ash.  Dissolve 
the  residue  in  1  cc.  of  dilute  hydrochloric  acid.  Dip  a  strip 
of  turmeric  paper  in  the  solution  and  dry  at  100°  on  a  test 
tube  of  boiling  water.  A  bright  red  color  indicates  the 
presence  of  boric  acid  or  borax.  The  red  color  is  changed 
to  dark  green  by  a  drop  of  ammonium  hydroxide. 

If  there  is  much  borax  or  boric  acid  present,  the  test  may 
be  simplified.  Acidify  the  milk  with  hydrochloric  acid. 
Dip  in  the  turmeric  strip.  Dry  at  100°  on  a  test  tube  of 
boiling  water.     A  bright  red  color  will  appear. 

2.  Formaldehyde  in  milk  may  be  detected  as  follows : 
Dissolve  a  crystal  of  ferric  ammonium  alum  (about  the 
size  of  a  pea)  in  about  1  cc.  of  "water.  Carefully  add 
1  cc.  of  concentrated  sulfuric  acid.  Pour  this  solution 
carefully  down  the  side  of  an  inclined  test  tube  contain- 
ing about  10  cc.  of  the  milk  to  be  tested.  A  violet  colora- 
tion is  produced  at  the  junction  of  the  two  liquids  if 
formaldehyde  is  present.  Warm  over  the  Bunsen  burner 
if  necessary. 

If  possible  visit  a  large  dairy  or  creamery  and  note  par- 
ticularly the  precautions  taken  for  the  sake  of  cleanliness. 


118  FOOD   ADULTERANTS 

EXPERIMENT    51 
Test  for  Adulterants  in  Butter 

Materials.  Pure  butter,  oleomargarine,  ice  water,  sweet  milk, 
carbon  disulfide,  ethyl  alcohol,  hydrochloric  acid,  ammonium 
hydroxide,  concentrated  sulfuric  acid,  white  woolen  yarn,  tur- 
meric paper. 

Apparatus.     Test  tubes,  beakers,  pine  splints. 

A.  Detection  of  Substitutes. 

1 .  In  two  separate  test  tubes  place  5  grams  of  pure  butter 
and  5  grams  of  oleomargarine  or  renovated  butter.  Heat 
each  over  the  Bunsen  burner.  The  pure  butter  melts 
quietly,  producing  much  foam,  while  the  renovated  butter 
or  oleomargarine  sputters  and  crackles  and  produces  very 
little  foam.     This  is  called  the  foam  test  for  butter. 

2.  In  two  separate  small  beakers  place  5  grams  of  pure 
butter  and  of  oleomargarine.  Add  to  each  about  25  cc.  of 
sweet  milk  and  warm  gently  till  the  samples  are  melted.  Then 
place  the  beakers  in  ice  water  and  stir  constantly  with  pine 
splints  till  the  fat  solidifies.  In  the  case  of  oleomargarine 
the  fat  will  collect  in  a  lump  which  may  be  lifted  out  by  the 
stick,  while  pure  butter  or  renovated  butter  will  form  an 
emulsion  with  the  milk  resembling  cream. 

3.  Given  an  unknown  sample,  how  would  you  proceed 
to  determine  whether  it  was  oleomargarine,  renovated  but- 
ter, or  real  butter  ? 

B.  Detection  of  Artificial  Coloring  in  Butter. 

1.  To  5  grams  of  butter  in  a  large  test  tube  add  4  grams 
of  carbon  disulfide  and  30  grams  of  ethyl  alcohol.  Shake 
well  and  allow  the  mixture  to  stand  till  it  separates  into 


TEST  FOR   ADULTERANTS  IN  BUTTER  119 

two  layers.  The  lower  layer  is  the  carbon  disulfide  contain- 
ing the  butter  fat  in  solution.  The  upper  layer  is  alcohol, 
which  dissolves  the  dye  and  is  colored  by  it.  If  the  alcohol 
layer  is  colorless,  the  butter  contains  no  artificial  coloring. 

If  the  alcohol  layer  is  colored,  test  for  artificial  dyes  as 
follows : 

2.  Turmeric  :  To  5  cc.  of  the  alcohol  layer  add  ammonium 
hydroxide.  If  a  brown  color  is  produced,  turmeric  was  used 
to  color  the  butter. 

3.  Annatto :  Evaporate  10  cc.  of  the  alcohol  layer  to 
dryness  with  a  low  Bunsen  flame.  Add  a  drop  of  concen- 
trated H2S04  to  the  residue.  A  greenish  blue  coloration 
indicates  the  presence  of  annatto. 

4.  Coal-tar  dyes :  To  10  cc.  of  the  alcohol  extract  add  10 
cc.  of  water.  Add  1  cc.  of  HO  and  a  piece  of  white  woolen 
yarn.  Boil.  If  the  yarn  is  colored  the  presence  of  coal-tar 
dyes  is  shown. 

C.   Preservatives  in  Butter. 

1.  The  preservative  most  often  used  is  boric  acid.  To  10 
grams  of  butter  add  10  cc.  of  water  and  boil.  Pour  off  the 
melted  fat.  To  the  water  remaining  add  1  cc.  of  HC1.  Dip 
a  strip  of  turmeric  paper  into  the  solution  and  dry  on  a  test 
tube  of  boiling  water.  A  cherry  red  color  denotes  the  pres- 
ence of  boric  acid.  Add  a  drop  of  ammonia  to  the  colored 
paper.     Result  ? 

Questions 

1 .  How  is  pure  butter  made  ? 

2.  What  is  "renovated  butter"? 

3.  What  is  oleomargarine  ? 


120  FOOD   ADULTERANTS 

EXPERIMENT    52 
Adulterants  in  Jellies  and  Candies 

Materials.  Jellies,  candies,  iodine  solution,  acid  mercuric  ni- 
trate (see  Appendix),  picric  acid  solution,  AN  hydrochloric 
acid,  white  woolen  yarn  or  strips  of  white  woolen  cloth. 

Apparatus.     Test  tubes,  beakers. 

A.  Substitutes. 

1 .  Starch :  Boil  about  5  grams  of  jelly  with  water,  cool,  and 
add  a  solution  of  iodine.  The  usual  dark  blue  color  indicates 
the  presence  of  starch. 

Test  cheap  candies  for  starch. 

2.  Gelatin:  Put  1  cc.  of  jelly  in  a  test  tube.  Add  10  cc. 
of  water.  Warm  till  the  jelly  is  dissolved.  Cool.  Add 
an  equal  volume  of  acid  mercuric  nitrate  and  20  cc.  of  cold 
water.  Shake  well  and  allow  it  to  stand  for  five  minutes. 
Filter.  If  gelatin  is  present  the  filtrate  will  be  cloudy. 
To  confirm  the  test  add  1  cc.  of  saturated  water  solution  of 
picric  acid  to  a  portion  of  the  filtrate.  If  gelatin  is  present, 
a  yellow  precipitate  will  be  formed.  Test  candy  in  the  same 
way. 

B.  Artificial  Coloring. 

Artificial  jams  and  jellies  are  often  colored  with  anilin 
dyes  to  imitate  the  natural  fruit  product,  therefore  a  test  for 
the  dyes  indicates  the  character  of  the  product. 

1.  Dissolve  about  15  grams  of  the  jelly  in  100  cc.  of  water. 
Filter  if  necessary.  Add  1  cc.  of  4  N  hydrochloric  acid.  Place 
in  it  strips  of  white  woolen  cloth  or  woolen  yarn  and  boil 
for  five  minutes.  Now  remove  the  strips  and  wash  them  in 
cold  water  and  then  boil  again  in  a  very  dilute  solution  of 
hydrochloric  acid.     If  the  strip  has  a  dull  color  the  coloring 


ADULTERANTS  IN  JELLIES  AND   CANDIES  121 

matter  in  the  jelly  was  due  to  the  natural  coloring  in  the  fruit. 
If  the  strip  is  brightly  colored,  anilin  dyes  were  present. 
Paste  the  strip  in  the  notebook. 

2.  In  like  manner  test  candies  for  the  presence  of  anilin 
dyes.     Paste  the  strip  in  the  notebook. 

C.   Preservatives. 

1 .  Candies  and  jellies  are  naturally  preserved  by  the  sugar 
present. 

2.  By  what  four  methods  may  foods  be  preserved? 

3.  Describe  briefly  each  method. 

4.  Which  methods  are  harmless  ? 

5.  Which  are  not?     Why? 

6.  How  are  pure  jellies  prepared  ? 

7.  How  are  pure  candies  prepared  ? 

XIV.     FOOD   VALUES 

Food  is  any  substance  which  when  taken  into  the  body 
supplies  it  with  heat  and  energy  or  builds  tissue. 

There  are  five  classes  of  food  principles  :  proteins,  fats,  car- 
bohydrates, mineral  matter,  and  water.  Proteins,  mineral 
matter,  and  water  are  the  tissue  builders.  Fats  and  carbo- 
hydrates furnish  heat  and  energy.  Proteins,  fats,  and  carbo- 
hydrates are  called  the  nutritive  constituents  of  foods. 

These  nutritive  constituents  oxidize  or  burn  in  the  body 
and  produce  heat.  The  amount  of  heat  so  produced  has 
been  found  to  be  the  same  as  the  heat  produced  by  the 
substances  if  burned  outside  the  body  in  the  laboratory. 
When  burned  in  the  laboratory  the  heat  produced  is  meas- 
ured in  calories.  A  calorie  is  the  amount  of  heat  necessary 
to  raise  a  kilogram  of  water  1°  C.  (large  calorie). 


122 


FOOD    VALUES 


In  the  back  of  this  Manual,  you  will  find  approximately 
the  food  value  in  calories  necessary  for  a  girl  (woman)  of 
your  weight.  There  are  also  tables  showing  the  portion  of 
ordinary  foods  that  contain  100  calories  of  heat. 


EXPERIMENT    53 

Menu  Making 
A.   Daily  Menu. 

1.  From  the  Appendix  find  the  calories  (food  units)  re- 
quired for  your  weight,  calories  furnished  by  protein,  fat,  and 
carbohydrate. 

2.  One  fourth  of  this  amount  should  be  furnished  by  the 
breakfast,  one  fourth  by  the  lunch,  and  one  half  by  the  dinner. 

3.  Now  prepare  a  menu  for  a  day  for  yourself,  using  the 
following  as  a  model : 

Daily  Menu 

Weight  159  lb.  requires  239  calories  protein,  717  calories 
fat,  1434  calories  carbohydrate,  total  2390  calories,  J  for 
breakfast,  \  for  lunch,  \  for  dinner. 


Meals 

Calories 
Protein 

Calories 
Fat 

Calories 
Carbohydrates 

Total 
Calories 

Breakfast 

Lunch 

Dinner 

Total  calories 

61 

58 

120 

239 

176 
175 
350 
701 

350 

360 

725 

1435 

587 

593 

1195 

2375 

B.    Dinner  Menu. 

1.  Make  a  dinner  menu  giving  careful  attention  (a)  to 
the  correct  number  of  calories  as  found  in  A,  and  (b)  to 
the  current  market  prices  of  foods,  making  the  total  cost  of 
the  dinner  as  low  as  possible.     Tabulate  as  follows  : 


PRODUCTS  OF    YEAST  FERMENTATION 

Dinner  Menu 


123 


Food 

Portion 

Ounces 

Cost 

Calories 
Protein 

Calories 
Fat 

Calories 
Carbohy- 
drate 

Lamb,  leg, 
roasted, 
etc. 
Total 

Ord.  serving 

1.8 

.05 

40 

60 

00 

XV.     LEAVENING  AGENTS 

A  leavening  agent  is  a  substance  which,  when  put  into  a 
dough,  usually  forms  carbon  dioxide.  This  gas  "lightens" 
the  dough. 

Yeast  is  the  oldest  leavening  agent.  It  changes  starch 
and  sugar  to  carbon  dioxide  and  alcohol. 

Baking  soda  is  sodium  bicarbonate,  NaHC03.  It  may  be 
used  in  dough  with  some  substance  that  contains  an  acid, 
such  as  sour  milk  or  molasses.  Baking  powder  is  a  mixture 
of  powdered  sodium  bicarbonate  with  a  powdered  acid  or 
acid  principle,  such  as  tartaric  acid  or  an  alum,  with  starch  to 
keep  the  mixture  dry. 

EXPERIMENT    54 
Products  of  Yeast  Fermentation 

Materials.     Yeast  cake  (compressed),  molasses,  limewater. 
Apparatus.      250  cc.  flasks,  test  tube,  delivery  tube,  distilling 
flask,  condenser,  thermometer,  liter  beaker. 

A.    Carbon  Dioxide. 

Note :  Two  students  work  together. 

1.  Mix  about  one  fourth  of  a  cake  of  compressed  yeast 
with  15  cc.  of  water  in  the  evaporating  dish.     Stir  till  a 


124  LEAVENING'  AGENTS 

smooth  mixture  is  formed.     Pour  the  yeast  mixture  into  a 
flask  containing  25  cc.  of  molasses  and  100  cc.  of  water. 

2.  Note  the  odor  and  taste  of  the  mixture. 

3.  Fit  a  one-holed  stopper  and  a  delivery  tube  to  the  flask 
containing  the  mixture.  Let  the  other  end  of  the  delivery 
tube  dip  into  a  flask  containing  limewater. 

4.  Put  the  flasks  in  the  sun  or  a  warm  place. 
Begin  Experiment  55. 

5.  At  the  end  of  two  hours  examine  the  liquid  and  lime- 
water.  Is  the  yeast  working  ?  What  gas  caused  the  change 
in  the  limewater?     Write  the  equations  and  name  all  sub- 

C02+Ca(OH)2  — ^  CaC03+H20 

6.  What  effect  has  a  very  low  temperature  upon  fermen- 
tation ?  Why  are  fresh  vegetables,  fruits,  milk,  and  butter 
kept  in  a  refrigerator  ? 

7.  Boil  10  cc.  of  the  fermenting  yeast  mixture.  Cool 
again  to  room  temperature.  Does  fermentation  continue? 
Why?  Why  do  jars  of  canned  fruit  sometimes  ferment? 
If  these  fruits  are  reheated  soon  after  fermentation  begins, 
they  may  be  used.     Why  ? 

B.  Alcohol. 

1.  At  the  end  of  12  hours  examine  the  mixture.  Has 
fermentation  ceased  ?     Why  ? 

2.  Note  the  odor  and  taste  of  the  mixture.  What  new 
substance  is  present  ?  The  sugar  in  the  molasses  is  changed 
to  alcohol  and  carbon  dioxide.  Write  the  equation  and 
name  all  substances. 

C6H1206+yeast— ^2  C2H5OH+2  C02 


BAKING  SODA,   BAKING  POWDER  125 

Note :  Empty  the  mixture  in  your  flask  into  the  liter  beaker  provided.  The 
teacher  will  distill  half  of  this  for  alcohol,  the  other  half  should  be  labeled 
and  set  aside  for  a  week  or  more  for  part  C. 

3.  (Instructor's  experiment) : 

Distill  about  500  cc.  of  the  fermented  molasses,  using  a 
water  bath.  Collect  the  fraction  that  comes  over  below 
79°  C.     What  is  this  distillate  chiefly? 

4.  Note  the  odor  of  the  distillate. 

5.  Apply  a  lighted  match  to  1  cc.  of  it.     Does  it  burn? 

6.  What  is  formed  when  fruit  juices  containing  sugar 
ferment?  Where  does  the  yeast  that  causes  the  fermenta- 
tion come  from  ? 

7.  How  does  yeast  leaven  bread  dough  ? 

C.   Vinegar. 

1.  Note  the  odor  and  taste  of  the  yeast  molasses  mixture 
that  has  been  allowed  to  stand  for  several  weeks.  What  is 
the  substance  ? 

2.  How  could  vinegar  be  made  at  home  from  fruit  parings  ? 

3.  What  is  "sweet  cider"? 
What  is  "hard  cider"? 
What  is  "cider  vinegar"? 

EXPERIMENT    55 
Baking  Soda,  Baking  Powder 

Materials.  Dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  sulfuric  acid,  sodium  bi- 
carbonate, molasses,  sour  milk,  powdered  tartaric  acid,  cream 
of  tartar,  acid  calcium  phosphate  H4Ca(P04)2,  ammonium 
alum,  any  baking  powder  (composition  unknown  to  student), 
6  common  baking  powders  with  labels,  iodine  solution,  barium 
chloride  solution,  ammonium  molybdate  solution. 

Apparatus.     Test  tubes,  beakers,  funnel,  filter  paper. 


126  LEAVENING  AGENTS 

A.  Baking  Soda  (Sodium  Bicarbonate,  NaHC03). 

1.  Put  15  cc.  of  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  in  a  beaker. 
Add  1  gram  of  sodium  bicarbonate.  What  gas  is  evolved? 
Write  the  equation,  naming  all  substances : 

HCl+HNaCOs  — >-  NaCl+C02+H20 

2.  Dissolve  5  cc.  of  molasses  in  15  cc.  of  water  in  a  beaker. 
Add  1  gram  of  sodium  bicarbonate.  Result?  What  is  the 
acid  in  molasses? 

3.  Repeat  (2),  using  sour  milk.  Result?  What  is  the 
acid  in  sour  milk  ? 

4.  How  is  "soda"  used  to  leaven  a  dough? 

B.  Baking  Powders. 

1.  Tartrate  baking  poivders. 

a.  Make  a  tartrate  baking  powder  by  mixing  a  gram  of 
tartaric  acid  (H2C4H4O6)  with  a  gram  of  sodium  bicarbonate 
(NaHC03).  Add  15  cc.  of  water.  Result?  What  is  the 
gas  evolved  ?     Write  the  reaction  and  name  all  substances : 

H2C4H406+2  NaHC03  — >-  Na3C4H406+2  H20+2  C02 

b.  Make  a  tartrate  baking  powder  by  mixing  cream  of 
tartar  (acid  potassium  tartrate,  HKC4H406)  with  the  soda. 
Add  water  as  before.  Result?  Write  the  equation  and 
name  all  substances : 

HKC4H406+HNaC03  — ^  KNaC4H406+H20+C02 

2.  Phosphate  baking  powders. 

Repeat  B,  1,  using  acid  calcium  phosphate,  H4Ca(P04)2, 
with  the  soda.     Write  the  equation  and  name  all  substances  : 

H4Ca(P04)2+2  HNaC03  — ^ 


HNa2P04+HCaP04+2  H20+2  C02 


BAKING  SODA,   BAKING  POWDER  127 

3.  Alum  baking  powders. 

Repeat  B,  1,  using,  instead,  powdered  ammonium  alum, 
NH4A1(S04)2,  with  the  soda.  Write  the  equation  and  name 
all  substances : 

2  NH4Al(S04)2+6  HNaC03  — >- 

2  Al(OH)3+(NH4)2S04+3  Na2S04+6  C02 

4.  Why  is  baking  powder  such  a  useful  leavening  agent? 

5.  Which  baking  powder  is  considered  most  efficient  of  the 
three  mentioned?     Why? 

C.    Tests  for  Baking  Powders. 

A  baking  powder  may  be  a  tartrate  baking  powder,  or 
an  alum  powder  or  a  phosphate  powder  or  a  mixture  of  two 
or  three  of  these  powders.  Test  an  unknown  baking  powder 
to  determine  its  nature  as  follows  : 

1.  Put  15  grams  of  the  baking  powder  into  a  beaker  and 
pour  over  it  50  cc.  of  water.  Stir  until  no  more  gas  is 
evolved,  then  filter  carefully. 

2.  Starch  is  insoluble  in  cold  water  and  will  remain  on  the 
filter  paper  as  a  white  residue.  Make  the  usual  starch  test 
on  this  residue.     Result? 

3.  If  the  baking  powder  contains  alum,  the  filtrate  will 
contain  sulfates.  To  5  cc.  of  the  filtrate  add  5  cc.  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  5  cc.  of  barium  chloride  solution.  A  white 
precipitate  indicates  sulfates.  Is  the  sample  an  alum 
baking  powder  ? 

4.  If  the  baking  powder  is  a  phosphate  baking  powder, 
the  filtrate  will  contain  acid  calcium  phosphate.  Test  5  cc. 
of  the  filtrate  for  a  phosphate  by  adding  a  few  drops  of  nitric 
acid,  then  heat  nearly  to  boiling  and  add  a  few  drops  of  this 
hot  mixture  to  5  cc.  of  ammonium  molybdate  solution.     A 


128  TEXTILES 

yellow  precipitate  shows  the  presence  of  phosphates.     Is  the 
sample  a  phosphate  baking  powder  ? 

5.  To  test  for  a  tartrate  baking  powder,  pour  5  cc.  of  the 
filtrate  into  an  evaporating  dish-  Add  5  drops  of  sulfuric 
acid  and  evaporate  to  dryness.  Heat  gently  and  note  the 
odor  of  burning  sugar  if  a  tartrate  is  present.  Is  the  sample 
a  tartrate  baking  powder  ? 

6.  Examine  labels  of  6  different  baking  powders  on  the 
market  and  note  the  ingredients  of  each. 


XVI.     TEXTILES 

The  chief  fibers  of  vegetable  origin  are  cotton  and  linen. 
The  important  fibers  of  animal  origin  are  wool  and  silk. 

Reference : 

1.   Woolman  and  McGowan,  Textiles. 

EXPERIMENT    56 

Cotton,  Linen,  Wool,  and  Silk 

Materials.     Cotton,  linen,  wool,  and  silk  textiles,  5%  solution  of 

KOH,  concentrated  HC1,  Loewe's  solution. 
Apparatus.     Microscope,  forceps. 

A.  Microscopic  Tests. 

1.    Examine  raveled  samples  of  cotton,  linen,  wool,  and  silk 
fibers  under  the  microscope.     Draw  each  fiber  and  label  it. 

B.  Burning  Test. 

1 .  Hold  a  strip  of  wool  with  the  forceps  and  ignite  it  in  the 
Bunsen  flame.     Note  the  odor  and  appearance  as  it  burns. 

2.  Repeat,  using  strips  of  silk,  cotton,  and  linen.     Note 


COTTON,   LINEN,    WOOL,   AND  SILK 


129 


the  odor  and  appearance  of  each  as  they  burn.     Which  of 
the  fibers  may  be  detected  by  its  odor  in  burning  ? 

C.    To  Distinguish  Silk  and  Wool  from  Cotton  and  Linen. 

1.  Boil  about  one  square  inch  of  woolen  textile  in  a  beaker 
containing  10  cc.  of  a  5%  solution  of  KOH.     Result? 

2.  Repeat  (1),  using  silk,  cotton,  and  linen  in  separate 
beakers.     Note  results  in  each  case. 

3.  Many  so-called  woolen  textiles  contain  cotton.  To 
detect  the  presence  of  cotton  cut  two  samples  of  the  material 
2  by  2  inches ;  mount  the  first  one.  Boil  the  second  sample 
for  10  minutes  with  a  5%  solution  of  KOH.  If  the  wool  is 
pure,  there  will  be  no  residue.  If  a  residue  is  left,  mount  it, 
and  explain  the  result.     Record  results  as  follows : 


Sample  of  wool 
used  for  experi- 
ment. 


Sample  of  same 
material  boiled 
10  minutes  in 
5%  KOH. 


D.   To  Distinguish  Wool  from  Silk. 

1.  In  a  beaker  containing  20  cc.  of  concentrated  HC1 
place  a  strip  of  wool  and  one  of  silk  and  boil  for  two 
minutes.     Which  is  dissolved  ? 

2.  Cut  2  samples  of  material  supposed  to  be  a  mixture  of 
wool  and  silk.    Mount  one  sample.     Treat  the  other  as  in  1. 

Pure  silk  will  dissolve  in  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid. 
If  it  is  weighted,  a  residue  remains.  If  wool  is  present, 
the  fibers  will  be  undissolved.  Wash,  dry,  and  mount  the 
sample,  unless  it  is  entirely  dissolved. 


130  TEXTILES 


Sample    of    ma- 
terial used. 


Sample  in  con- 
centrated HC1 
for  2  minutes. 


a  b 

E.   To  Distinguish  Cotton  from  Silk. 

1.  In  a  beaker  containing  20  cc.  of  Loewe's  Reagent  place 
a  strip  of  cotton  and  one  of  silk.     Which  fibers  dissolve  ? 

2.  Artificial  silks  are  usually  cellulose.  How  would  you 
distinguish  real  silk  from  artificial  silk  ? 

DYEING 

When  a*  colored  substance  is  attached  to  the  fibers  of  the 
textile  in  such  a  way  that  it  is  not  removed  by  rubbing  or 
washing  or  by  the  sunlight,  the  textile  is  dyed. 

Several  of  the  metallic  hydroxides  are  used  as  mordants 
in  dyeing.  They  form  insoluble  precipitates,  called  lakes, 
with  dyes.  Wlien  these  lakes  are  formed  in  the  fibers  of  the 
textile,  the  dye  is  fixed  and  the  colors  are  fast. 

A  dye  that  will  dye  textiles  without  the  use  of  a  mordant 
is  called  a  direct  dye.  A  dye  that  will  not  dye  textiles  with- 
out the  use  of  a  mordant  is  called  a  mordanted  dye. 

Reference  :  Woolman  and  McGowan,  Textiles. 

EXPERIMENT    57 

Textile  Dyeing 

Materials.  Dilute  ammonium  hydroxide,  aluminum  sulfate, 
5%  logwood  solution  (see  Appendix),  alizarin,  strips  of  cotton 
cloth  1  inch  by  3  inches  from  which  sizing  has  been  removed 
by  boiling  in  a  2  %  solution  of  sodium  carbonate  for  5  minutes, 
Congo  red  solution  prepared  by  dissolving  in  200  cc.  distilled 


TEXTILE  DYEING  131 

water,    1   g.  sodium  carbonate,  2  g.  sodium  sulfate,  and  2  g. 
Congo  red. 
Apparatus.     Test  tubes,  enameled  pans  or  beakers  for  the  color 
baths. 

A.  Mordants  and  Lakes. 

1.  Add  5  cc.  of  dilute  ammonium  hydroxide  to  10  cc.  of 
aluminum  sulfate  solution.  The  gelatinous  precipitate  is 
aluminum  hydroxide.  Write  the  equation  for  the  reaction. 
Add  2  cc.  of  logwood  solution.  Shake  the  tube  well  and  let 
it  stand.  Is  the  dye  held  by  the  precipitate?  This  colored 
precipitate  is  called  a  lake.  The  aluminum  sulfate  is  a  mor- 
dant. 

2.  Repeat  A,  1,  using  2  cc.  of  alizarin  instead  of  the  log- 
wood solution.     Let  the  tube  stand.     Result? 

B.  Use  of  Mordants  in  Dyeing. 

1.  Boil  in  a  logwood  solution  for  five  minutes  a  strip  of 
cotton  cloth  from  which  the  sizing  has  been  removed.  Re- 
move, wring,  and  wash  thoroughly.  Does  the  color  wash 
out?     Dry  the  strip  and  mount  it  in  your  notebook. 

2.  Mordant  a  piece  of  cotton  cloth  by  boiling  it  in  20  cc. 
of  aluminum  sulfate  solution.  Wring  out  and  let  it  stand 
in  warm,  dilute  ammonium  hydroxide  for  five  minutes. 
Wring  it  out. 

Now  boil  this  mordanted  strip  in  a  logwood  solution  for 
five  minutes.  Wring  out  and  wash  thoroughly.  Does  the 
color  wash  out  ? 

Paste  the  strip  in  your  notebook. 

3.  Repeat  B,  1,  using  an  unmordanted  (wet)  strip  in 
alizarin.     Wash,  dry,  and  mount  in  your  notebook. 

4.  Repeat  3,  using  a  mordanted  strip  (wet)  prepared 
as  in  B,  2,  and  alizarin.     Paste  the  strip  in  your  notebook. 


132  TEXTILES 

C.    Direct  Dye  for  Cotton. 

1.  Place  a  wet  piece  of  cotton  cloth  (unsized)  in  20  cc.  of 
prepared  Congo  red  solution  and  boil  5  minutes.  Remove 
the  cloth,  wash,  dry,  and  mount  it  in  your  notebook. 

CLEANING   OF   FABRICS 

Many  useful  books  are  now  on  the  market  that  explain  in 
detail  the  removal  of  spots  and  stains  from  fabrics.  A  few 
principles  of  stain  removing  will  be  outlined. 

Reference  :  Woolman  and  McGowan,  Textiles. 

EXPERIMENT   58 
Removing  Spots  and  Stains 

Materials.  Strips  3  inches  by  4  inches  of  white  cotton  cloth 
stained  with  (a)  blood,  (b)  another  set  of  strips  stained  with 
coffee,  (c)  with  spots  of  fruit  juice,  (d)  with  chocolate,  (e)  with 
grease,  (/)  with  paint,  (g)  vaseline,  (/?)  ink  stains;  hydrogen 
peroxide,  ammonium  hydroxide,  Javelle  water  (see  Appendix), 
borax,  gasoline,  carbon  tetrachloride,  absorbent  cotton  or 
blotters,  soap,  turpentine,  bleaching  powder,  dilute  hydrochloric 
acid,  oxalic  acid,  Ink  Eradicator  (see  Appendix). 

Apparatus.     Beakers. 

A.   Stains  Removed  by  Cold  Water. 

For  blood  and  stains  of  a  protein  nature,  also  for  unknown 
stains,  use  cold  water.  The  cloth  is  placed  over  a  bowl  or 
some  convenient  vessel  and  water  poured  first  around  the 
stain,  then  on  it. 

1.  Remove  a  blood  stain  by  this  method,  or  if  the 
stain  is  old,  lukewarm  water  and  soap  will  remove  it  more 
quickly. 


REMOVING  SPOTS   AND   STAINS  133 

B.  Stains  Removed  by  Hot  Water. 

Hot  water  is  used  for  colors  held  in  a  sugary  solution  and 
for  glue.  Sometimes  if  the  stain  is  old,  a  bleach  or  some  sub- 
stance that  will  react  with  the  coloring  matter  should  be  used 
with  the  hot  water. 

1 .  Remove  a  coffee  stain  by  putting  the  spot  over  a  beaker 
and  then  pour  boiling  water  first  around  the  spot,  then  on  it. 
If  it  is  not  removed,  try  hydrogen  peroxide,  alkaline  with  am- 
monia, on  the  spot ;  then  add  hot  water.  Or  soak  in  weak 
Javelle  water  for  a  few  minutes  and  rinse  with  boiling  water. 

2.  Remove  a,  fruit  stain  by  the  method  of  B,  1. 

3.  Remove  a  chocolate  or  cocoa  stain  by  covering  stain  with 
borax.     Soak  in  cold  water,  then  pour  on  hot  water. 

C.  Stains  Removed  by  Solvents. 

Spots  produced  by  grease,  vaseline  or  waxes,  paint,  varnish, 
or  tar  cannot  be  removed  by  water.  Grease  and  waxes  are 
soluble  in  chloroform,  carbon  tetrachloride,  ether,  gasoline, 
or  benzene.  Paint,  varnish,  or  tar  should  be  treated  with 
turpentine,  then  with  one  of  the  solvents  above. 

1.  Remove  a  grease  spot  by  carbon  tetrachloride.  Place 
absorbent  cotton  or  a  blotter  under  the  spot  and  rub  the  sol- 
vent from  the  outside  toward  the  center  of  the  spot.  Follow 
with  warm  soap  and  water. 

2.  Remove  a  paint  stain  by  using  turpentine,  then  gasoline 
or  carbon  tetrachloride. 

3.  Remove  vaseline  by  soaking  in  kerosene  first,  then  wash 
with  soap  and  water. 

D.  Stains  Removed  by  Chemical  Treatment. 

Such  stains  as  iron  rust,  ink,  acid  stains,  grass  stains,  and 
mildew  need  a  special  bleach  or  other  chemical  treatment. 


134 


TEXTILES 


1.  Remove  an  ink  stain,  if  fresh,  by  cold  water.  Or  apply 
alternately  solutions  of  bleaching  powder  and  dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid  or  oxalic  acid.  Or  apply  Javelle  water  or  ink 
eradicator  prepared. 

E.   For  the  removal  of  other  stains  see  the  following  table  : 


Kind  of  Stain 


Fruit,  tea,  or  coffee 


Reagent    Used 

1.  Boiling  water,  if  stain  is  fresh.  If 
old,  use  bleaching  powder  and  a 
little  acetic  acid  or  hydrogen  per- 
oxide and  hot  water. 

2.  Javelle  water. 

1.  Alcohol  or  ammonia. 

2.  Javelle  water. 

j'l.    Gasoline.  f Follow   with 

Grease <j  2.    Carbon  tetrachloride  I  soapsuds  and 

[  [ammonia. 


Grass 


Vaseline 


Tar 


Paint 


Varnish 

Acids,  hydrochloric,  sulfuric 

Iron  rust 


Kerosene ;     follow    with    warm    soap 
solution. 

f  1.    Benzol. 
2.    Turpentine ;    follow  with  soap  and 
ammonia. 

f  1.    Carbon  tetrachloride. 
2.    Turpentine;    follow  with  soap  and 
ammonia. 

/  Equal  parts  of  wood  alcohol,  benzol, 
\        and  acetone. 

Ammonia  in  each  case. 

f  1.    Oxalic  acid.     Afterwards  wash  out 
acid  with  hot  water. 
Salt  and  lemon  juice,  or  citric  acid. 


Ink 


Iodine 


12- 

fl- 

I2' 
13. 

u. 

(i 


Sweet  milk  on  colored  goods. 

Salt  and  citric  acid. 

Oxalic  acid. 

Ink  eradicator  or  Javelle  water. 

Alcohol. 

Sodium  thiosulfate. 


BLEACHING  AND  BLUEING  135 

Kind  of  Stain  Reagent  Used 

lyj-,  ,  /Soapsuds.     Tartaric  acid  followed  by 

\       Javelle  water.     Sunlight. 

T5i      i  J  Wash   with   cold  or  lukewarm   water 

\        and  soap. 

Sugar,  glue Wash  with  hot  water. 

EXPERIMENT    59 

Bleaching  and  Blueing 

Materials.  Strips  of  colored  calico,  3  inches  by  1  inch,  fresh 
bleaching  powder,  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  10%,  sodium  thio- 
sulfate  solution,  sodium  sulfite,  strips  of  colored  woolen  cloth, 
3  inches  by  1  inch,  colored  feathers  or  ecru  silk  strips,  3  inches 
by  1  inch,  aniline  blue,  oxalic  acid  solution  10%,  sodium  hy- 
droxide solution,  Prussian  blue,  Ultramarine,  Indigo. 

Apparatus.     Beakers,  300  cc.  bottle  v/ith  cork  to  fit. 

A.    To  Bleach  Cotton  or  Linen. 

1.  Obtain  2  strips  of  colored  calico.  Keep  one  to  mount 
later  and  put  the  other  in  a  beaker  containing  a  thin  paste 
of  5  grams  of  fresh  bleaching  powder  (calcium  hypochlorite) 
and  100  cc.  of  water.  Remove  the  strip  and  dip  it  into  a 
beaker  containing  25  cc.  of  hydrochloric  acid.  Dip  the  strip 
into  the  bleaching  powder  again,  and  again  into  the  acid  till 
it  is  bleached. 

2.  The  acid  liberates  the  chlorine  from  the  bleaching 
powder.  Write  the  equation.  The  chlorine  bleaches  cotton 
or  linen,  but  it  yellows  wool  or  silk.  Dip  the  strip  into  a  5% 
solution  of  sodium  thiosulfate,  which  destroys  the  chlorine 
remaining  on  the  cloth  and  prevents  the  fiber  from  being 
weakened.  Wash  the  strip,  dry  it,  and  mount  it  in  your  note- 
book with  the  unbleached  sample. 


136  TEXTILES 

3.  Javelle  water  is  often  used  for  bleaching  cotton  or  linen 
at  home.  It  is  a  solution  of  sodium  hypochlorite  (NaOCl) 
and  its  bleaching  action  is  similar  to  that  of  bleaching 
powder. 

B.  To  Bleach  Wool  or  Straw. 

1.  Put  5  grams  of  sodium  sulfite  (Na2S03)  in  a  300-cc. 
bottle  and  fit  it  loosely  with  a  stopper.  Hang  a  strip  of 
colored  woolen  cloth  so  that  it  is  suspended  in  the  bottle 
when  the  stopper  is  inserted.  Add  25  cc.  of  dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid  to  the  bottle,  insert  the  stopper  loosely,  and  let 
it  stand.  The  gas  liberated  is  sulfur  dioxide.  Write  the 
equation.  Sulfur  dioxide  bleaches  cotton,  straw,  or  silk  as 
well  as  wool.  Mount  an  unbleached  and  a  bleached  sample 
of  the  woolen  cloth  in  your  notebook. 

C.  To  Bleach  Feathers,  Hair,  or  Silk. 

1.  To  10  cc.  of  hydrogen  peroxide  in  a  beaker  add  am- 
monium hydroxide  little  by  little  till  bubbles  of  oxygen  begin 
to  form.  Immerse  a  piece  of  ecru  silk  or  a  colored  feather. 
Leave  them  till  they  are  bleached. 

2.  Mount  the  bleached  and  the  unbleached  sample. 

D.  Blueing. 

In  addition  to  bleaching,  yellowish  goods  may  be  given 
a  white  appearance  by  "blueing."  There  are  two  classes 
of  blueings:  (1)  Liquid  blueings  or  those  apparently  sol- 
uble in  water  and  sold  in  bottles,  i.e.  anilin  blues  and  Prus- 
sian blue.  (2)  Solid  blueings  or  those  insoluble  in  water, 
i.e.  ultramarine  and  indigo. 

1.   Liquid  blueing  —  Anilin  blue. 

Obtain  10  cc.  of  anilin  blue.     To  half  of  it  add  5  cc.  of 


BLEACHING  AND  BLUEING  137 

oxalic  acid  solution.  The  intensity  of  the  blue  color  is  deep- 
ened. This  acid  is  sometimes  used  in  the  laundry.  What 
harm  does  it  do  to  textiles  ?  Add  5  cc.  of  sodium  hydroxide 
to  the  other  half.  It  usually  turns  red.  What  danger  is 
there  in  leaving  soap  in  the  goods?  The  anilin  blueing  is 
cheap  and  satisfactory  if  used  with  care. 

2.  Liquid  blueing  —  Prussian  blue. 

Obtain  10  cc.  of  Prussian  blue.  Add  10  cc.  of  dilute  sodium 
hydroxide.  The  red  or  yellow  precipitate  is  ferric  hydroxide, 
which  is  iron  rust.  If  soap  or  soda  were  in  the  clothes  to 
be  "blued"  with  Prussian  blue,  what  would  probably  be  the 
result  ? 

3.  Solid  blueing  —  Ultramarine. 

Usually  comes  in  balls.  Obtain  a  portion  of  a  ball  and  stir 
it  in  water.  It  is  insoluble  in  water,  but  is  so  finely  divided 
that  if  carefully  used  does  not  streak  the  goods.  It  is  not 
affected  by  soap  or  soda. 

4.  Solid  blueing  —  Indigo. 

Usually  in  balls.  It  is  expensive.  It  is  insoluble  and 
apt  to  streak  the  goods  unless  used  carefully.  It  is  not  af- 
fected by  soap  or  soda  or  light.  Obtain  some  indigo  and  put 
a  little  into  some  water.     Note  the  intense  blue  color. 


SOAP 

Ordinary  hard  soap  is  usually  a  mixture  of  the  sodium 
salts  of  several  organic  acids,  one  of  which  is  stearic  acid, 
C17H35COOH.  The  soap  sodium  stearate  would  then  have  the 
formula  Ci7H35COONa.  Soaps  are  made  by  the  action  of 
sodium  or  potassium  hydroxide  on  fats.  Fats  are  solid  esters 
formed  by  the  action  of  the  alcohol  glycerin  C3H5(OH)3  on 


138  TEXTILES 

several  organic  acids,  one  of  which  is  stearic  acid.     The  fat 
glyceryl  stearate  is  (Ci7H35COO)3C3H5. 

Reference :  Any  organic  chemistry  or  any  elementary 
chemistry.     See  also  page  155  of  the  Appendix. 

EXPERIMENT    60 

Soaps,  Cleansing  Powders 

Materials.  Cottonseed  oil,  alcohol,  40  %  solutions  of  sodium 
hydroxide,  alcoholic  solution  of  phenolphthalein,  toilet  soap, 
laundry  soap,  solution  of  castile  soap,  calcium  chloride  solu- 
tions, Sapolio  or  other  scouring  soap,  Dutch  Cleanser  or  other 
cleansing  powder. 

Apparatus.  500-cc.  flask  fitted  with  a  one-hole  rubber  stopper 
and  a  straight  glass  tube  1  yard  long,  large  evaporating  dish, 
test  tubes,  beakers,  funnel,  filter  paper. 

A.   Preparation  of  Soap.     (Instructor's  Experiment.) 

1.  Pour  50  cc.  of  cottonseed  oil  into  a  500-cc.  flask.  Add 
100  cc.  of  alcohol  and  15  cc.  of  a  40%  solution  of  sodium  hy- 
droxide. Place  the  stopper  with  the  long  glass  tube  (reflux 
air  condenser)  in  the  flask,  and  heat  for  an  hour  or  more. 
The  alcohol  condenses  in  the  tube  and  runs  back  into  the 
flask.  Alcohol  is  not  needed  to  make  soap  but  it  dissolves 
both  the  oil  and  the  hydroxide  and  so  causes  the  action  be- 
tween them  to  be  more  rapid. 

2.  Pour  the  mixture  into  a  large  evaporating  dish  or 
enamel  pan  and  heat  till  the  alcohol  is  driven  off.  Stir  con- 
stantly. Cool  the  mixture.  The  solid  substance  is  soap. 
Write  the  equation  for  the  making  of  soap.  Name  all  sub- 
stances : 

(C17H35COO)3C3H5+3  NaOH 

— >■  C3H5(OH)3+3  C17H35COONa 


SOAP,   CLEANSING  POWDERS  139 

3.  Shake  some  of  this  prepared  soap  with  distilled  water. 
Does  it  produce  suds  ? 

B.   Properties  of  Soap.     (Student's  Experiments.) 

1.  Free  alkali  in  soap. 

Cut  a  piece  of  dry  toilet  soap  and  add  to  the  freshly  cut 
surface  a  few  drops  of  an  alcoholic  solution  of  phenol- 
phthalein  without  water.  If  a  red  color  appears,  free  alkali 
is  present.  In  the  same  way  test  a  piece  of  laundry  soap 
for  free  alkali.  Why  should  woolen  goods  not  be  washed 
with  a  soap  containing  free  alkali  ? 

2.  Free  fat  in  soap. 

Shake  a  few  shavings  of  dry  soap  in  a  test  tube  with  20  cc. 
of  gasoline.  Filter  into  a  beaker.  Allow  the  gasoline  to 
evaporate.     A  greasy  residue  indicates  unsaponified  fat. 

3.  Water  in  soap. 

Place  a  few  shavings  of  a  fresh  soap  in  a  large  test  tube. 
Heat  the  tube  gently  and  look  for  drops  of  water  on  cool 
sides  of  tubes.  Result?  Is  it  wise  to  buy  a  cheap,  soft, 
highly  scented  or  colored  soap  ?     Why  ? 

4.  Action  of  soap  in  hard  water. 

If  soap  is  added  to  a  solution  of  a  calcium  or  magnesium 
salt,  an  insoluble  calcium  or  magnesium  soap  is  formed. 
Hard  water  contains  salts  of  calcium  and  magnesium  and  such 
waters  form  a  curdy  precipitate  when  soap  is  added. 

To  20  cc.  of  distilled  water  add  5  cc.  of  a  pure  castile  soap 
solution.  Shake  and  note  the  suds.  Now  add  5  cc.  of  a 
solution  of  calcium  chloride.  What  is  the  white  precipi- 
tate?    Shake.     Are  suds  formed? 

Write  the  equation  and  name  all  substances : 

2  C17H35COONa+CaCl2  — ^  2  NaCl+(Ci7H35COO)2Ca 


140  TEXTILES 

C.  Water  Softeners. 

1.  When  may  water  be  made  "soft"  by  boiling?  Ex- 
plain.    Write  equation. 

2.  Washing  soda,  Na^CC^,  will  precipitate  calcium  or 
magnesium  salts  in  hard  water  as  carbonates,  thus  removing 
the  "hardness."     Write  equations  to  show. 

Test  a  soap  powder  for  sodium  carbonate  by  adding  hydro- 
chloric acid  to  5  grams  in  a  test  tube  and  observe  efferves- 
cence.    Result?     Test  also  a  hard  water  soap.     Result? 

Note :  There  are  many  water  softeners  on  the  market ;  sodium  carbonate, 
sodium  phosphate,  or  sodium  silicate  are  often  the  chief  constituents.  The 
action  of  these  is  to  precipitate  the  calcium  or  magnesium  salts  as  insoluble 
carbonates,  phosphates,  or  silicates. 

D.  Scouring  Soaps  and  Cleansing  Powders. 

1.  Boil  10  grams  of  a  scouring  soap,  such  as  Sapolio,  or 
a  cleansing  powder  such  as  Dutch  Cleanser,  in  a  beaker  with 
50  cc.  of  water.     Filter. 

2.  Add  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  to  the  residue.  If  it 
effervesces,  insoluble  carbonates  are  indicated.     Result? 

3.  The  residue  insoluble  in  dilute  acid  may  be  clay,  fine 
sand,  or  pumice.     Note  your  sample. 

4.  Add  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  to  the  filtrate.  Efferves- 
cence indicates  sodium  carbonate.     Result? 


APPENDIX 

THE   METRIC    SYSTEM 

This  is  the  system  used  by  scientists.  It  is  used  by  everyone 
in  most  of  the  countries  of  Europe  and,  because  of  its  con- 
venience, is  being  used  more  and  more  in  the  United  States 
and  Great  Britain. 

1.  Length : 

The  unit  is  the  meter.  It  is  equal  to  39.37  inches  or  1.1  yards. 
The  centimeter  is  the  unit  of  length  most  used  by  the  chemist. 
It  is  y^-q-  of  a  meter,  or  f  of  an  inch. 

10  millimeters  (mm.)  =  l  centimeter  (cm.) 
10  centimeters  =1  decimeter  (dm.) 

10  decimeters  =  1  meter  (m.) 

1000  meters  =1  kilometer  (km.) 

2.  Volume: 

The  unit  used  by  the  chemist  is  either  the  cubic  centimeter  or 
the  liter.  The  volume  of  a  flask  may  be  given  as  500  cc.  or 
\  liter.  One  U.  S.  liquid  quart  =  946.36  cubic  centimeters,  a 
little  less  than  a  liter. 

1000  cubic  millimeters  =1  cubic  centimeter  (cc.) 
1000  cubic  centimeters=l  cubic  decimeter 
1000  cubic  decimeters  =  1  cubic  meter 

3.  Weight: 

The  unit  is  the  gram.  This  is  the  weight  of  1  cc.  of  pure  water 
at  its  temperature  of  greatest  density,  4°  C. 

10  milligrams  (mg.)  =1  centigram  (eg.) 
10  centigrams  =1  decigram  (dg.) 

10  decigrams  =1  gram  (g.) 

1000  grams  =  1  kilogram  (kg.) 

141 


142  APPENDIX 

The  gram  and  the  kilogram  are  the  units  of  weight  most 
generally  used  by  the  chemist. 

One  ounce  avoirdupois  =  28.35  grams 
One  pound  avoirdupois  =  453.59  grams 
One  kilogram  =     2.2    pounds 

TEMPERATURES 
Centigrade  and  Fahrenheit  and  Absolute  Scales 

The  Centigrade  Thermometer  is  the  one  used  in  scientific  work. 
The  abbreviation  for  centigrade  is  C.  The  boiling  point  of 
water  on  this  thermometer  is  marked  100  and  the  freezing  point 
is  marked  0.  The  100  equal  divisions  between  these  points  are 
called  degrees.  The  abbreviation  for  degrees  is  °.  The  boiling 
point  of  water  is  written  100°  C .  Degrees  below  zero  are  written 
as  minus;  thus,  -20°  C.  means  20°  below  zero. 

The  Fahrenheit  Thermometer  is  the  one  commonly  used  in 
this  country.  On  this  thermometer  the  boiling  point  of  water 
is  212°  F.  and  the  freezing  point  of  water  is  32°  F.  above  zero. 

To  change  the  Fahrenheit  degrees  to  centigrade  degrees,  sub- 
tract 32  and  multiply  the  remainder  by  f ,  thus  : 
C.=f  (F.-32) 

To  change  centigrade  degrees  to  Fahrenheit  degrees  multiply 
by  f  and  add  32  to  the  product,  thus : 
F.=f  C.+32 

The  Absolute  Temperature  is  the  one  used  by  scientists  in 
the  study  of  gas  volumes. 

The  point  -273°  C.  is  called  the  absolute  zero.  Absolute 
temperature  is  reckoned  from  this  point.  Degrees  on  the  abso- 
lute scale  are  found  by  adding  273  to  the  readings  on  the  centi- 
grade thermometer.     Thus : 

10°C,  =  10o+273o  =  283°T. 
-60°C.=  -60o+273o=213°T. 


APPENDIX 


143 


LIST    OF    THE    COMMON    ELEMENTS,    THEIR     SYMBOLS, 
ATOMIC   WEIGHTS,   AND   VALENCES 

O  =  16 


i        Name 

Sym- 
bol 

Valences 

At. 
Wt. 

Name 

Sym- 
bol 

Valences 

At. 
Wt. 

Aluminum 

Al 

3 

27.1 

Nickel  .     . 

Ni 

2-3 

58.7 

Antimony  . 

Sb 

3-5 

120.2 

Nitrogen 

N 

3-5 

14 

Arsenic .     . 

As 

3-5 

75 

Oxygen      . 

O 

2 

16 

Barium 

Ba 

2 

137.4 

Phosphorus 

P 

5-3 

31 

Bismuth     . 

Bi 

3 

208 

Potassium 

K 

1 

39.1 

Boron    .     . 

B 

3 

11 

Silicon 

Si 

4 

28.3 

Bromine     . 

Br 

1-5 

79.9 

Silver   .     . 

Ag 

1 

107.9 

Cadmium  . 

Cd 

2 

112.4 

Sodium 

Na 

1 

23 

Calcium 

Ca 

2 

40.1 

Sulfur  .     . 

S 

2-4-6 

32.1 

Carbon 

C 

4-2 

12 

Tin       .     . 

Sn 

2-4 

119 

Chlorine     . 

CI 

1-5-7-3 

35.5 

Zinc      .     . 

Zn 

2 

65.4 

Chromium 

Cr 

3-6-7-2 

52 

Cobalt  .     . 

Co 

2-3 

59 

Copper .     . 

Cu 

2-1 

63.6 

Fluorine     . 

F 

1 

19 

Gold      .     . 

Au 

1-3 

197.2 

Hydrogen  . 

H 

1 

1 

Iodine    .     . 

I 

1-5-7 

127 

Iron  .     .     . 

Fe 

3-2 

55.9 

Lead      .     . 

Pb 

2-4 

207.1 

Magnesium 

Mg 

2 

24.3 

Manganese 

Mn 

2-7-4-6-3 

54.9 

Mercury     . 

Hg 

2-1 

200.6 

THE  WEIGHT  IN  GRAMS  OF  1  LITER  OF  VARIOUS  GASES 
MEASURED  UNDER  STANDARD  CONDITION  (0  DE- 
GREES  C.    AND   760   MM.    PRESSURE) 


Acetylene 1.16 

Air 1.29 

Ammonia 0.77 

Carbon  dioxide       .     .     .     .  1.98 

Carbon  monoxide    .     .     .     .  1.25 

Chlorine 3.17 

Hydrogen 0.09 

Hydrogen  chloride       .     .     .  1.64 


Hydrogen  sulfide  ....  1.54 

Methane        0.72 

Nitric  oxide 1.34 

Nitrogen 1.25 

Nitrous  oxide 1-98 

Oxygen 143 

Sulfur  dioxide 2.93 


144 


APPENDIX 


FOOD    CHEMISTRY    OUTLINE 

Compounds  Found  in  the  Body  and  in  Foods. 

1.  Definition  of  a  food. 

2.  Relation  of  food  to  the  body. 

3.  Chief  elements  found  in  the  body  and  in  foods  are  carbon, 

oxygen,  hydrogen,  nitrogen,  sulfur,  phosphorus,  calcium. 

4.  The  elements  are  combined  to  form  two  classes  of  com- 

pounds in  the  body  and  in  foods  : 

f  1.  Water,  H20  (65  %  or  more  in  the  body). 
Inorganic  <  2.  Inorganic  salts   (mineral  matter,  ash,  5%  in  body, 
[  chiefly  calcium  phosphate) . 

1.  Carbohydrates  (less  than  1  %  in 
body). 

a.  Starch  group  (C6Hio05)n. 

1.  Starch.  4.  Cellulose. 

2.  Glycogen.  5.  Gums. 

3.  Dextrin.  6.  Pectin. 

b.  Sugars. 

1.  Sucrose  group  (C12H22O11). 

a.  Sucrose  —  cane  sugar. 

b.  Lactose  —  milk  sugar. 

c.  Maltose  —  malt  sugar. 

2.  Glucose  group  (CeHioOe). 

a.  Dextrose  —  grape 
sugar  —  glucose. 

b.  Levulose  —  fruit  sugar 
—  fructose. 

c.  Galactose     from   milk 
sugar. 

2.  Fats  (12%  in  body — this  varies). 

a.  Animal  source. 

1.  Milk  —  cream,  butter. 

2.  Fatty  tissue  —  lard,   tal- 
low, whale  oil. 

b.  Plant  source. 

1.  Seeds  —  sunflower,     cot- 
ton, flax,  castor  bean. 

2.  Nuts  —  coconut,  almond, 
peanut. 

3.  Fruit  —  olive,  avocado. 


II.   Organic 


Non-nitrogenous 
(contain  carbon 
hydrogen  and 
oxygen  only). 


APPENDIX 

'  1.  Albumens. 

a.  Egg  albumen. 

b.  Blood  albumen. 

Nitrogenous 

c.   Milk  albumen. 

II.  Organic 
(Continued) 

Substances  or 

Proteins 

(contain    car-  ' 
bon,      hydro- 

2. Casein. 

3.  Globulins. 

a.  Gluten. 

b.  Myosin. 

gen,     oxygen, 
and  nitrogen) . 

c.   Legumen. 
4.  Albuminoids  or  gelatinoids. 
a.  Collagen. 
6.  Keratin. 

145 


a. 


h. 


c. 


d. 


B.   Inorganic  Compounds. 
1.   Water: 

Most  abundant  inorganic  compound  in  the  body.     It 

forms  60  %  of  the  body. 
Tissues  in  which  it  is  most  abundant : 

Blood,    eyeballs,    tears,    digestive    juices,    muscle 
tissues,  lymph,  all  the  important  organs  of  the 
body. 
Tissues  in  which  it  is  the  least  abundant : 

Hair,  teeth,  bones,  nails,  skin,  fatty  tissues. 
Use  of  water  to  the  body : 

It  carries   nourishment  to  and  waste  from  living 
tissues  of  the  body.     It  cleans  and  flushes  the 
system.      It  regulates    the    temperature   of   the 
body. 
e.    Supplied  to  the  body : 

By  drinking  it  pure  and  in  all  beverages  such  as 
milk,  in  soups,  melons,  fruits,  and  vegetables. 
/.    Foods  with  much  water : 
See  table  in  Appendix. 
g.   Foods  with  little  water : 
See  table  in  Appendix. 
h.   Foods  with  no  water : 

See  table  in  Appendix. 


146  APPENDIX 

2.   Inorganic  salts  (mineral  matter  or  ash,  5%  of  body  by 
weight)  : 

a.  Tissues  in  which  it  is  most  abundant : 

Bones  — Ca3(P04)2,  Mg3(P04)2,  CaC03,  chiefly. 

Hair,  nails,  skin — Si02,  CaF2,  chiefly. 

Muscle    tissue  —  Na2Cl,     Na2C03,    Na3P04,     and 

KC1,  chiefly. 
Blood  and  all  liquids  in  the  body  contain  nearly  the 

same  salt  as  muscle  tissue. 

b.  Tissues  with  little  if  any  inorganic  matter : 

Fatty  tissues. 

c.  Use  of  inorganic  salts  to  the  body : 

To  build  tissues,  aid  digestion,  and  to  stimulate  the 
appetite. 

d.  Foods  containing  much : 

See  table  in  Appendix. 

e.  Foods  with  little  or  none : 

See  table  in  Appendix. 

C.   Organic  Compounds  in  the  Body  and  in  Foods. 

1.  Organic  compounds  in  the  body  and  in  foods  are  divided 

into  two  groups : 

a.  Non-nitrogenous,    containing    carbon,   hydrogen,  and 

oxygen  only. 

b.  Nitrogenous,    containing    carbon,    hydrogen,    oxygen, 

nitrogen,  sulfur,  and  phosphorus. 

2.  Non-nitrogenous  compounds  divided  into  two  groups  : 

a.  Carbohydrates : 

Definition  of  a  carbohydrate  —  examples* 
Forms  less  than  1  %  of  the  body.     Why  then  so  im- 
portant a  part  of  our  diet  ? 

b.  Fats: 

Definition  of  a  fat  —  example. 
Why  so  useful  in  our  diet  ? 


APPENDIX  147 

D.  A  Study  of  Some  of  the  Important  Carbohydrates  of  the  Starch  Group. 

1.  Starch  (C6Hi0O5)n : 

a.  Vegetables  and  plants  in  which  it  is  most  abundant. 

b.  How  obtained  commercially. 

c.  Physical  properties : 

Starch  grains  from  different  sources  differ  in  size 
and  shape  (microscope). 

d.  Chemical  properties : 

Effect  of  gentle  dry  heat. 
Effect  of  intense  heat  without  air. 
Effect  of  concentrated  sulfuric  acid. 
Products  of  combustion. 
Hydrolysis  of  starch. 

e.  Manufacture  of  glucose  from  starch. 
/.    The  iodine  test  for  starch. 

g.    Foods  containing  much  starch  : 

See  table  in  Appendix. 
h.   Foods  containing  little  starch  : 

See  table  in  Appendix. 
i.    Foods  containing  no  starch  : 

See  table  in  Appendix. 
j.    Commercial  uses  of  starch. 

2.  Dextrin  (C6Hi0O5)n : 

a.  Prepared  by  heating  starch  from  210°  C.  to  280°  C. 

b.  Physical  properties,  yellow  or  white,  sweet,  sticky, 

soluble  in  water. 

c.  Insoluble  in  alcohol. 

d.  Intermediate  product  in  the  hydrolysis  of  starch. 

e.  Effect  on  iodine  solution  (red,  purple  coloration). 
/.    Effect  on  Fehling's  solution. 

g.    Use  of  dextrin. 

3.  Glycogen : 

a.  Found  in  the  liver  of  animals. 

b.  Soluble  in  cold  water. 


148  APPENDIX 

c.  Effect  on  iodine  solution  (reddish  coloration). 

d.  Use  of  glycogen  to  animal. 
4.    Cellulose  (CeHioOsJn : 

a.  Where  found : 

In  nearly  all  plants,  especially  the  stems,  roots,  and 

leaves. 
Commercial  source  is  young  tree  trunks,  cotton, 

hemp,  flax,  jute,  ramie,  coconut  fiber. 

b.  How  obtained  commercially. 

c.  Physical  properties : 

Seed  fibers  or  last  fibers.  Colorless,  odorless,  taste- 
less, insoluble  in  water. 

d.  Chemical  properties : 

Dilute  acids  no  effect. 

Dilute  bases  no  effect. 

Iodine  solution  no  effect. 

Fehling's  solution  no  effect. 

Concentrated  sulfuric  acid  forms  a  clear  jelly-like 
mass  called  amyloid.  Longer  action  forms  dex- 
trin.    Still  longer  dextrose. 

Strong  sodium  hydroxide  makes  cellulose  fibers 
transparent  and  larger.     (Mercerizes  them.) 

Soluble  in  a  concentrated  solution  of  zinc  chloride. 

Soluble  in  Sweitzer's  reagent. 

Nitric  and  sulfuric  acid  changes  it  to  nitrocellulose 
or  guncotton. 

Nitrocellulose  dissolved  in  ether  and  alcohol  gives 
collodion. 

Nitrocellulose  dissolved  in  ether  and  camphor  gives 
celluloid. 

e.  Commercial  uses  of  cellulose. 
/.    Uses  as  food. 

g.    Foods  containing  much  cellulose. 

h.   Foods  containing  little  or  no  cellulose. 


APPENDIX  149 

5.  Gums : 

a.  Where  found. 

b.  How  obtained  commercially. 

c.  Physical  properties : 

Effect  of  cold  water,  alcohol,  ether. 

d.  Chemical  properties : 

Effect  of  iodine. 

Effect  of  Fehling's  solution. 

Hydrolysis  of  gums. 

e.  Use  of  gums  in  the  preparation  of  foods. 
/.    Commercial  uses  of  gums. 

6.  Pectin: 

a.  Where  found. 

b.  Soluble  in  hot  water. 

c.  Physical  properties. 

d.  Precipitated  by  alcohol,  acid,  or  sugar. 

e.  Hydrolyzed  by  long  boiling  with  acid. 
/.  Fruits  containing  much  pectin. 

E.   Important  Carbohydrates  of  the  Sugar  Group. 
1.    Sucrose  —  cane  sugar,  C12H22O11 : 

a.  Substances  containing  much  —  roots   like  beets   and 

carrots,  stems  of  grasses,  corn  stalks,  sugar  cane, 
sap  of  some  trees,  birch  and  maple. 

b.  Commercial  source  —  sugar  cane,  sugar  beets. 

c.  Preparation  of  sugar  from  cane. 

1.  Extraction  of  juice. 

2.  Separation  of  crystals  —  centrifugal. 

3.  Clarifying. 

4.  Evaporation. 

d.  Preparation  from  beets. 

1.  Wash  and  slice  beets. 

2.  Extraction  of  juice  by  diffusion  cells  (osmosis). 

3.  Clarifying. 


150  APPENDIX 

4.  Evaporation. 

5.  Separation  of  crystals. 

e.     Physical  properties  of  sucrose. 

Color,  odor,  taste,  form,  solubility  in  hot  and  cold 
water. 
/.    Chemical  properties  of  sucrose. 

Gentle    heat    melts    it.     This,    when    cold,    forms 
barley  sugar: 

More  intense  heat  changes  it  to  caramel. 

Strong  heat  decomposes  it. 

CaHjBOu+heat  — >-  12  C  +  ll  H20 

Concentrated  sulfuric  acid  decomposes  it. 

CMHaAi  +  CHaSOJ  — >-  12  C  +  ll  H20 

Will  not  reduce  Fehling's  solution. 

Boiled  with  a  dilute  acid  it  hydrolyzes. 

Ci2H220n+H20  (dilute  acid) — >-C6H1206+C6H1206 

sucrose  dextrose  levulose 

Not  easily  fermented  until  yeast  hydrolyzes  it  and 

the  simple  sugars  so  formed  undergo  fermentation. 
Ci2H220ii+H20  — >-  C6Hi206+C6Hi206 
C6H1206+yeast  — >-  2  C2H5OH+2  C02 

glucose  alcohol        carbon 

dioxide 

g.    Use  of  sucrose  as  food. 
h.    Commercial  uses. 
2.    Lactose  —  milk  sugar,  Ci2H220n. 

a.  Found  in  milk  of  all  mammals. 

b.  Prepared  from  whey. 

c.  Physical  properties  of  lactose.     Color,  odor,  not  so 

sweet  as  cane  sugar,  not  so  soluble  in  cold  water  as 
cane  sugar  or  grape  sugar,  more  soluble  in  hot 
water. 

d.  Chemical  properties  of  lactose. 

Heat  melts  it. 

Intense  heat  decomposes  it. 


APPENDIX  151 

Sulfuric  acid  decomposes  it. 

It  will  reduce  Fehling's  solution  with  ^  the  power 

of  dextrose. 
Dilute  acids  hydrolyze  it. 
Ci2H220ii+H2b  (dilute  acid)  — ^C6H1206  +  C6H1206 

lactose  dextrose        galactose 

It  is  easily  fermented  by  yeast. 
e.    Use  of  lactose.     In  the  preparation  of  children's  foods. 
In   pharmacy   in   the   preparation   of   pellets   and 
tablets. 
Maltose  —  malt  sugar,  Ci2H220n. 

a.  Preparation. 

1.  Malt  diastase  on  starch. 

2.  Dilute  acids  on  starch. 

3.  C6H10O5+H2O(diluteacid)— ^CeHioOs+C^H^On 

starch  dextrin  maltose 

b.  Chemical  properties. 

Heat  melts  it. 
Intense  heat  decomposes  it. 

Reduces  Fehling's  solution  with  -J  the  power  of  dex- 
trose. 
Easily  fermented. 
Dilute  acids  hydrolyze  it. 
Ci2H22On  +H20  (dilute  acid)  — >-  C6H1206+C6H1206 

maltose  dextrose  dextrose 

Dextrose-glucose  —  grape  sugar,  CeH^Oe. 

a.  Dextrose,  a  white,  crystalline  solid. 
Glucose,  a  white  thick  sirup. 

Grape  sugar,  heavy  brown-white  lumps.  Three 
names  for  the  same  sugar.  The  difference  in 
physical  properties  is  due  to  methods  of  purify- 
ing it. 

b.  Substances  containing  much  —  grapes,   apples,  apri- 

cots, peaches,  all  fruits,  especially  dried  fruits. 


152  APPENDIX 

c.  Preparation. 

(1)  Hydrolysis  of  sucrose. 

CiaHaOn+HaOCdUuteacid)— ^^BHiaOe+CeHiaOe 

sucrose  dextrose         levulose 

(2)  Hydrolysis  of  lactose. 

Ci2H22Ou+H20  (dilute  acid)— ^CGH1206+C6H1206 

lactose  dextrose        galactose 

(3)  Hydrolysis  of  maltose. 
C12H220i1+H20  (dilute  acid)  — >■  2  C6H1206 

maltose  dextrose 

(4)  Hydrolysis  of  cellulose. 

2  C6H10O5+H2O  (acid)  — ^  C6H10O5+C6H12O6 

cellulose  dextrin  dextrose 

(5)  Hydrolysis    of   starch  —  this   is    the   commercial 

method. 
C6H1o05+H20(diluteacid)-^C6H1005  +  Ci2H22011 

starch  dextrose        maltose 

Ci2H22On+H20  — ^  2  C6H1206 

maltose  dextrose 

or  glucose 

If  conversion  is  not  complete,  the  product  is 
glucose  (mixture  of  dextrin,  maltose,  and  dex- 
trose). 

If  more  complete,  the  product  is  grape  sugar  (dex- 
trose and  maltose). 

If  conversion  is  complete,  the  product  is  dextrose. 

d.  Physical  properties  of  dextrose. 

White,  crystalline,  odorless,  f  as  sweet  as  sugar, 
soluble  in  cold  water,  more  soluble  in  hot 
water. 

e.  Chemical  properties  of  dextrose. 

Moderate  heat  melts  it. 
Intense  heat  decomposes  it. 

C6H1206 — ^6C+6H20 
Concentrated  sulfuric  acid  decomposes  it. 

C6H1206 — ^6C+6H20 


APPENDIX  153 

Ferments  with  yeast  dextrose. 

CeHiaOe+yeast >-  2  C2H5OH+2  C02 

alcohol     carbon  dioxide 
Reduces  Fehling's  solution. 
/.    Uses  of  glucose. 

5.  Levulose  —  fruit  sugar,  C6Hi206 

a.  Found  in  fruits  with  dextrose. 

b.  Prepared  by  inversion  of  cane  sugar. 
C12H22O11+H2O  (dilute  acid)  — ^  C6H1206+C6H1206 

sucrose  dextrose  levulose 

c.  Properties  similar  to  those  of  dextrose. 

6.  Galactose  from  milk  sugar. 

a.  Prepared  by  hydrolysis  of  milk  sugar. 
Ci2H220n+H20  — >-  C6Hi206+CeHi206 

lactose  gelactose        dextrose 

b.  Properties  similar  to  those  of  dextrose. 

F.   Fats  and  Oils. 

1.    Chemical  composition  of  fats. 

a.  Fats  are  esters,  i.e.  organic  salts. 

b.  Base -f- acid  — >-  salt  +  water. 

c.  Alcohol +acid  — >-  ester + water. 
C2H5OH+CH3COOH  — ^  CH3COOC2H5+H20 

Ethyl  alcohol      acetic  acid  ethylacetate 

d.  Glycerin  -(-acid  — >-  fat + water. 
C3H5(OH)3+3  C17H35COOH  — >- 

glycerin  stearic  acid 

(C17H35COO)3C3H5+3H20 

stearin  (a  fat) 

C3H6(OH)8+3  C15H31COOH  — *- 

glycerin  palmitic  acid 

(C15H31COO)3C3H5+3H20 

palmitin  (a  fat) 

C3H5(OH)3+3  C17H33COOH  — >- 

glycerin  oleic  acid 

(C17H33COO)3C3H5+3  H20 

olein  (an  oil) 


154  APPENDIX 

e.  Ordinary  fats,  such  as  lard  and  tallow,  are  mixtures  of 
the  esters  palmitin  and  stearin  chiefly,  while  oils, 
such  as  olive  oil,  cottonseed  oil,  sperm  oil,  con- 
tain more  olein  than  palmitin  and  stearin. 

2.  Occurrence  of  fats  and  oils. 

a.  Animal  origin. 

Milk  (butter  fat). 

Fatty  tissue  (lard,  tallow,  whale  oil,  sperm  oil,  and 

cod  liver  oil). 
Eggs  (yolks). 

b.  Plant  origin. 

Seeds  (sunflower,  cotton,  flax,  castor  bean,  and  cacao 

beans). 
Nuts  (coconut,  almond,  peanut,  pecans). 
Fruits  (olive,  avocado). 

3.  Methods  of  obtaining  fats  and  oils. 

a.  Heat  alone,  called  rendering  (lard,  tallow,  and  other 

animal  fats  and  oils). 

b.  Pressing  without  heat  (olives,  peanuts,  cotton  seeds, 

and  castor  beans),  called  expressing. 

c.  Pressing    with     heat     (cocoa     beans,    coconuts,    al- 

monds). 

d.  Extraction    by  means   of   ether,   chloroform,   carbon 

tetrachloride. 

4.  Physical  properties  of  fats. 

a.  Fats  are  solids,  oils  are  liquids. 

b.  Characteristic  odor  and  taste. 

c.  Insoluble   in   water,   soluble   in   gasoline,   ether,   and 

chloroform. 

d.  With  egg  albumen,  gum  arabic,  or  other  mucilage- 

like substances,  oils  and  fats  form  emulsions. 

e.  Rubbed    on    paper,    oils    form    a    translucent    spot. 

This    is    the    "grease    spot"    test    for   oils   and 
fats. 


APPENDIX  155 

5.  Chemical  properties  of  fats. 

a.  Intense  heat  decomposes  fats,  forming  acrolein. 

b.  Oils  burn,  forming  carbon  dioxide  and  water. 

c.  When  boiled  with  strong  bases,  fats  are  first  hydrolyzed 

and  then  saponified,  i.e.  soaps  are  formed.  When 
esters  are  hydrolyzed  by  means  of  sodium  hy- 
droxide, the  organic  acid  and  the  alcohol  are 
formed.  The  acid  then  combines  with  the  sodium 
hydroxide  to  form  a  salt  thus : 

1.  CH3COOC2H5+H20 — ^  CH3COOH+C2H5OH 

ethyl  acetate  acetic  acid        ethyl  alcohol 

(by  NaOH) 

2.  CH3COOH+NaOH  — >■  CH3COONa+H20 

acetic  acid        sodium  sodium  acetate 

hydroxide 

When  fats   are   hydrolyzed  by  means  of  sodium 

hydroxide,    the    organic    acid    and    the    alcohol 

glycerin   are   formed.     The  acid  then  combines 

with  the  sodium  hydroxide  to  form  a  soap,  thus : 

1.  (C17H35COO)3C3H5+3  H20  (by  NaOH) 

stearin  (a  fat) 

— >■  3  C17H35COOH+C3H5(OH)3 

stearic  acid  glycerin 

2.  C17H35COOH+NaOH — ^  C17H35COONa+H20 

stearic  acid  sodium  sodium  stearate 

hydroxide  (a  soap) 

6.  Uses  of  fats  as  food. 

a.    Give  2-J-  times  as  much  heat  to  the  body  as  the  carbo- 
hydrates. 

7.  Commercial  use  of  fats. 

a.    For   preserving   meats   and   fish,   for   lubricants,   for 
varnishes,  paints,  soaps,  candles. 

Nitrogenous  Substances  or  Proteins. 

1.    Albumens  —  soluble  in  cold  water,  coagulated  by  heat. 

a.    Where  found  (milk,  egg,  blood). 

b-    Physical  properties  —  solubility. 


156  APPENDIX 

c.  Effect  of  heat,  odor. 

d.  Decomposed  by  soda  lime  gives  ammonia. 

e.  Xanthoproteic  test. 
/.  Millon's  test. 

g.    Use  to  body. 

2.  Casein  —  soluble  in  cold  and  hot  water. 

a.  Where  found  (milk  of  all  mammals). 

b.  Precipitated  by  any  acid. 

c.  Coagulated  by  rennin. 

d.  Effect  of  heat  —  odor. 

e.  Xanthoproteic  test. 
/.  Millon's  test. 

g.    Decomposition  test. 

3.  Globulins  —  insoluble  in  hot  or  cold  water. 
Gluten  in  wheat  and  other  cereals. 

a.  Physical  properties  —  solubility. 

b.  Effect  of  heat  —  odor. 

For  other  tests  see  1  and  2  above. 
Myosin  in  meat. 
a.   Effect  of  heat  —  odor. 

For  other  tests  see  1  and  2  above. 
Legumen  in  peas  and  beans. 

For  tests  see  1  and  2  above. 

4.  Albuminoids  or  gelatinoids  —  soluble  in  hot  water,  on 

long  boiling.     Form  jellies  on  cooling. 
Collagen  in  cartilage,  skins  and  bones. 

a.  Will  not  give  Xanthoproteic  test. 

b.  Will  not  give  Millon's  test. 

c.  When  heated  —  odor. 

d.  Decomposition  test. 

e.  Used  to  make  commercial  gelatin. 

Keratin  in    hair,   hoofs,   nails,  very   insoluble,   contains 

much  sulfur, 
a.   For  chemical  properties  see  collagen  above. 


APPENDIX  157 

b.  Contains  more  sulfur  than  other  proteins. 

c.  Used  to  make  glue. 

d.  No  food  value. 


DIGESTION   OF   FOODS 

Starch  Group. 

1.  Starch. 

In    mouth,    cooked    starch    changed    to    maltose    and 

dextrose. 
In  stomach,  no  change. 
In  small  intestine,  cooked  and  uncooked  starch  completely 

changed  to  maltose  and  dextrose. 

2.  Cellulose  not  digested.     It  is  softened  in  small  intestine. 

Sugar  Group. 

1.  Sucrose,  lactose,  maltose. 
In  mouth,  no  change. 

In  stomach,  the  acids  present  partly  hydrolyze  them  to 

the  simple  sugars. 
In  small  intestine,  completely  hydrolyzed  by  the  ferment 

invertin. 

2.  Glucose,  levulose,  galactose. 

Ready  for  the  blood  without  being  changed. 

Fats. 

In  the  mouth,  no  action. 
In  the  stomach  no  action. 
In  the  small  intestine  : 

1.  Some  of  the  fats  form  emulsions  with  the  proteins 

present. 

2.  Steapsin  splits  fats  into  fatty  acids  and  glycerin. 
C3H5(C17H35COO)3+3H20 

stearin 

— >■  C3H5(OH)3+3  C17H35COOH 

glycerin  stearic  acid 


158 


APPENDIX 


3.  Then  the  fatty  acid  plus  the  alkali  present  forms  soaps. 
C17H35COOH+NaOH  — ^  C17H35COONa+H20 

fatty  acid  soap 

4.  Fat  and  soaps  form  an  emulsion. 

Digestion  of  Proteins. 

1.  In  mouth,  no  action. 

2.  In  stomach : 

Dissolved  proteins  coagulated  by  rennin  and  acid. 
All  coagulated  proteins  changed  to  peptones  by  ferment 
pepsin  aided  by  acids. 

3.  In  small  intestine  : 

All  proteins  changed  to  peptones  by  ferment  trypsin. 

ACTION   OF  DIGESTIVE   JUICES 


Name  of  Di- 
gestive 
Juice 

From 

Action  in 

Alkaline 
or  Acid 

Name  of 
Ferment 

Action  of  Ferment 

Saliva 

Salivary 
gland 

Mouth 

Alkaline 

Ptyalin 

Cooked     starch      to 
maltose.     Acts 
slowly  on  glycogen. 
No  effect  on  cellu- 
lose    or     uncooked 
starch. 

Gastric 

Walls  of 

Stomach 

Acid 

1.  Acid 

1.  Sucrose  group  of 

juice 

stom- 

(lactic 

alone 

sugars  hydro- 

ach 

and 

lyzed  to  dextrose. 

hydro- 

2. Acid 

2.  Coagulates 

chloric 

alone 

proteins. 

acids) 

3.  Ren- 

nin 

4.  Pep- 

sin 

3.  Coagulates 

proteins. 

4.  Proteins  to  pep- 

tones.    Starch 
not  changed  in 
stomach. 

APPENDIX 


159 


Name  of  Di- 
gestive 
Juice 

From 

Action  in 

Alkaline 
or  Acid 

Name  of 
Ferment 

Action  of  Ferment 

Pancreatic 

Pancreas 

Small 

Alkaline 

1.    Amy- 

1. 

All  starch  to 

juice 

intes- 
tine 

lop- 
sin 

2.  In- 

ver- 
ts 

3.  Steap- 

sin 

4.  Tryp- 

sin 

2, 

3. 

4. 

maltose. 

Sucrose,  maltose, 
lactose  to  simple 
sugars. 

Splits  fats  into 
fatty  acids  and 
glycerin. 
Fatty  acids 
plus  alkalies 
form  soap. 
Soap  plus  fat 
forms  an  emul- 
sion.    Proteids 
plus  fat  form 
an  emulsion. 

Proteins  to 
peptones. 

TABLES  SHOWING  AVERAGE  HEIGHT,  WEIGHT,  SKIN 
SURFACE,  AND  FOOD  UNITS  REQUIRED  DAILY  WITH 
VERY   LIGHT   EXERCISE 


Boys 


Age 

Weight  in  Pounds 

Calories  or  Food  Units 

5 

41.09 

816.2 

6 

45.17 

855.9 

7 

49.07 

912.4 

8 

53.92 

981.1 

9 

59.23 

1043.7 

10 

65.30 

1117.5 

11 

70.18 

1178.2 

12 

76.92 

1254.8 

13 

84.85 

1352.6 

14 

94.91 

1471.3 

160 


APPENDIX 


TABLES  SHOWING  AVERAGE  HEIGHT,  WEIGHT,  SKIN 
SURFACE,  AND  FOOD  UNITS  REQUIRED  DAILY  WITH 
VERY    LIGHT   EXERCISE    {Continued) 

Girls 


Age 

Weight  in  Pounds 

Calories  or  Food  Units 

5 

39.66 

784.5 

6 

43.28 

831.9 

7 

47.46 

881.7 

8 

52.04 

957.1 

9 

57.07 

1018.5 

10 

62.35 

1081.0 

11 

68.84 

1148.5 

12 

78.31 

1276.8 

Men 


Calories  ob 

Food  Units 

Height 

Weight  in 
Pounds 

in  Inches 

Proteids 

Fats 

Carbohydrates 

Total 

61 

131 

197 

591 

1182 

1970 

62 

133 

200 

600 

1200 

2000 

63 

136 

204 

612 

1224 

2040 

64 

140 

210 

630 

1260 

2100 

65 

143 

215 

645 

1290 

2150 

66 

147 

221 

663 

1326 

2210 

67 

152 

228 

684 

1368 

2280 

68 

157 

236 

708 

1416 

2360 

69 

162 

243 

729 

1458 

2430 

70 

167 

251 

753 

1506 

2510 

71 

173 

260 

780 

1560 

2600 

72 

179 

269 

807 

1614 

2690 

73 

185 

278 

834 

1768 

2780 

74 

192 

288 

864 

1728 

2880 

75 

200 

300 

900 

1800 

3000 

APPENDIX 
Women 


161 


Calories  or  Food  Units 

Height 

Weight  in 
Pounds 

in  Inches 

Proteids 

Fats 

Carbohydrates 

Total 

59 

119 

179 

537 

1074 

1790 

60 

122 

183 

549 

1098 

1830 

61 

124 

186 

558 

1116 

1860 

62 

127 

191 

573 

1146 

1910 

63 

131 

197 

591 

1182 

1970 

64 

134 

201 

603 

1206 

2010 

65 

139 

209 

627 

1254 

2090 

66 

143 

215 

645 

1290 

2150 

67 

147 

221 

663 

1326 

2210 

68 

151 

227 

681 

1362 

2270 

69 

155 

232 

696 

1392 

2320 

70 

159 

239 

717 

1434 

2390 

Note.  —  With  active  exercise  an  increase  of  about  20  per  cent  total 
food  units  may  be  needed. 


TABLE   OF   100   FOOD   UNITS 


Name  of  Food 


"Portion"  Con- 
taining 100  Food 
Units  (Approx.) 


Wt.  of  100 
Calories 


Per  Cent  of 


Beef,  round,  boiled  (fat) 
Beef,     round,     boiled 

(lean) 

Beef,     round,     boiled 

(med.) 

Beef,  5th  rib,  roasted 
Beef,  5th  rib,  roasted 
Beef,  5th  rib,  roasted 
Beef,  ribs,  boiled     .     . 


Cooked  Meats 
Small  serving 

Large  serving 

Small  serving 
Half  serving    .     . 
Small  serving 
Very  small  serving 
Small  serving 


36 

1.3 

40 

60 

62 

2.2 

90 

10 

44 

1.6 

60 

40 

18.5 

.65 

12 

88 

32 

1.2 

25 

75 

25 

.88 

18 

82 

30 

1.1 

27 

73 

00 

00 

00 
00 
00 
00 
00 


162 

APPENDIX 

TABLE   OF    100   FOOD   UNITS    ( 

Continued) 

Wt.  of  100 
Calories 

Per  Cent 

OF 

"Portion"   Con- 
taining 100  Food 

Name  of  Food 

Units  (Approx.) 

go 

s 

c3 

1 

c 

3 

-a 
o 

ta 

c3  s. 

6 

o 

£ 

fa 

O-d 

Cooked  Meats  (Continued) 

Beef,  ribs,  boiled     .     . 

Very  small  serving 

25 

.87 

21 

79 

00 

Chicken,  canned     .     . 

One  thin  slice 

27 

.96 

23 

77 

00 

Lamb  chops,  boiled,  av. 

One  small  chop   . 

27 

.96 

24 

76 

00 

Lamb,  leg,  roasted 

Ord.  serving    .     . 

50 

1.8 

40 

60 

00 

Mutton,  leg,  boiled     . 

Large  serving 

34 

1.2 

35 

65 

00 

Pork,  ham,  boiled  (fat) 

Small  serving 

20.5 

.73 

14 

86 

00 

Pork,  ham,  boiled  .     . 

Ord.  serving    .     . 

32.5 

1.1 

28 

72 

00 

Pork,  ham,  roasted  (fat) 

Small  serving 

27 

.96 

19 

81 

00 

Pork,     ham,     roasted 

(lean) 

Small  serving 

34 

1.2 

33 

67 

00 

Turkey,  as  pur.,  canned 

Small  serving 

28 

.99 

23 

77 

00 

Veal,  leg,  boiled      .     . 

Large  serving 

67.5 

2.4 

73 

27 

00 

Uncooked  Meats,  Edibi 

,e  Portion 

Beef,  loin,  av.  (lean) 

Ord.  serving   .     . 

50 

1.8 

40 

60 

00 

Beef,  loin,  av.  (fat) 

Small  serving 

30 

1.1 

22 

78 

00 

Beef,  loin,  porterhouse 

steak,  av 

Small  steak     .     . 

36 

1.3 

32 

68 

00 

Beef,  loin,  sirloin  steak, 

av 

Small  steak     .     . 

40 

1.4 

31 

69 

00 

Beef,  ribs,  lean,  av.     . 

Ord.  serving    .     . 

52 

1.8 

42 

58 

00 

Beef,  round,  lean,  av. 

Ord.  serving   .     . 

63 

2.2 

54 

46 

00 

Beef,  tongue,  av.     .     . 

Ord.  serving    .     . 

62 

2.2 

47 

53 

00 

Chicken  (broilers),  av. 

Large  serving 

90 

3.2 

79 

21 

00 

Clams,  round  in  shell, 

av 

Twelve  to  16  .     . 

210 

7.4 

56 

8 

36 

Cod,  whole    .... 

Two  servings  .     . 

138 

4.9 

95 

5 

00 

Goose  (young),  av. 

Half  serving    .     . 

25 

.88 

16 

84 

00 

Halibut  steaks,  av. 

Ord.  serving   .     . 

81 

2.8 

61 

39 

00 

Liver  (veal),  av.      .     . 

Two  small  serv- 

ings   .... 

79 

2.8 

61 

39 

00 

Lobster,  whole,  av. 

Two  servings 

117 

4.1 

78 

20 

2 

Mackerel  (Span.), 

whole,  av 

Ord.  serving   .     . 

57 

2 

50 

50 

00 

APPENDIX 


163 


Name  of  Food 


"Portion  "  Con- 
taining 100  Food 
Units  (Approx.) 


Wt.  of  100 
Calories 


Per  Cent  cf 


Uncooked  Meats,  Edible  Portion  {Continued) 


Mutton  leg,  hind,  lean, 
av 

Oysters,  in  shell,  av.    . 

Pork,  loin  chops,  av.   . 

Pork,  ham,  lean,  av.    . 

Pork,  bacon,  med.  fat, 
av 

Salmon  (Cal.),  av.   .     . 

Shad,  whole,  av.      .     . 

Trout,  brook,  whole, 
av 


Turkey,  av. 


Artichokes,  av.,  canned 
Asparagus,  av.,  canned 
Asparagus,  av.,  cooked 
Beans,  baked,  canned 
Beans,  Lima,  canned  . 
Beans,  string,  cooked  . 
Beets,  edible  portion, 

cooked  

Cabbage,    edible    por- 
tion   

Carrots,  edible  portion, 

fresh 

Carrots,  cooked       .     . 
Cauliflower,     as     pur- 
chased    

Celery,  edible  portion 
Corn,  sweet,  cooked    . 
Cucumbers,  edible  por- 
tion   


Ord.  serving    .     . 
One  dozen .     .     . 
Very  small  serving 
Small  serving 

Small  serving 
Small  serving 
Ord.  serving   .     . 

Two   small  serv- 
ings   .... 
Two  small    serv- 


ings 


Vegetables 


Small  side  dish 
Large  side  dish 
Five  servings  . 

Three  servings 


Two  servings 


One  side  dish 


50 

1.8 

41 

59 

193 

6.8 

49 

22 

27 

.97 

18 

82 

36 

1.3 

29 

71 

15 

.53 

6 

94 

42 

1.5 

30 

70 

60 

2.1 

46 

54 

100 

3.6 

80 

20 

33 

1.2 

29 

71 

430 

15 

14 

0 

540 

19 

33 

5 

206 

7.19 

18 

63 

75 

2.66 

21 

18 

126 

4.44 

21 

4 

480 

16.66 

15 

48 

245 

8.7 

2 

23 

310 

11 

20 

8 

215 

7.6 

10 

8 

164 

5.81 

10 

34 

312 

11 

23 

15 

540 

19 

24 

5 

99 

3.5 

13 

10 

565 

20 

18 

10 

164 


APPENDIX 


TABLE   OF   100   FOOD   UNITS   {Continued) 


Name  of  Food 


"Portion"  Con- 
taining 100  Food 
Units  (Approx.) 


Wt.  op  100 

Calories 


Per  Cent  of 


Vegetables   {Continued) 


Egg  plant,  edible  por- 
tion   

Lettuce,  edible  portion 

Mushrooms,  as  pur- 
chased    

Onions,  fresh,  edible 
portion 

Onions,  cooked  .     .     . 

Parsnips,  edible  portion 
Parsnips,  cooked     . 
Peas,  green,  canned 
Peas,  green,  cooked 
Potatoes,  baked 
Potatoes,  boiled 
Potatoes,  mashed 

(creamed)  .  .  . 
Potatoes,  steamed  . 
Potatoes,  chips  .  . 
Potatoes,  sweet,  cooked 
Pumpkins,  edible  por- 
tion   

Radishes,  as  purchased 
Rhubarb,    edible    por- 
tion   

Spinach,  cooked  .  . 
Squash,  edible  portion 
Succotash,  canned  .  . 
Tomatoes,  fresh  as 
purchased  .... 
Tomatoes,  canned  .  . 
Turnips,  edible  portion 
Vegetable  oysters    .     . 


Two    large    serv 

ings    .     .     . 
1|  servings 

Two  servings  . 
One  serving  . 
One  good  sized 
One  large  sized 

One  serving    . 
One  serving    . 
One  half  serving 
Half  av.  potato 


Two  ord.  servings 
Ord.  serving  .  . 
Four  av.  .  .  . 
Two  large  servings 


350 

12 

17 

10 

505 

18 

25 

14 

215 

7.6 

31 

8 

200 

7.1 

13 

5 

240 

8.4 

12 

40 

152 

5.3 

10 

7 

163 

5.84 

10 

34 

178 

6.3 

25 

3 

85 

3 

23 

27 

86 

3.05 

11 

1 

102 

3.62 

11 

1 

89 

3.14 

10 

25 

101 

3.57 

11 

1 

17 

.6 

4 

63 

49 

1.7 

6 

9 

380 

13 

15 

4 

480 

17 

18 

3 

430 

15 

10 

27 

174 

6.1 

15 

66 

210 

7.4 

12 

10 

100 

3.5 

15 

9 

430 

15 

15 

16 

431 

15.2 

21 

7 

246 

8.7 

13 

4 

273 

9.62 

10 

51 

APPENDIX 


165 


Name  of  Food 


"Portion  "  Con- 
taining 100  Food 
Units  (Approx.) 


Wt.  of  100 
Calories 


Per  Cent  of 


Apples,  as  purchased  . 
Apricots  as  purchased 
Dates,  edible  portion  . 
Dates,  as  purchased  . 
Figs,  edible  portion 
Prunes,  edible  portion 
Prunes,  as  purchased  . 
Raisins,  edible  portion 
Raisins,  as  purchased  . 


Fruits  (Dried) 


Three  large 

One  large  . 
Three  large 


34 

1.2 

3 

7 

35 

1.24 

7 

3 

28 

.99 

2 

7 

31 

1.1 

2 

7 

31 

1.1 

5 

0 

32 

1.14 

3 

0 

38 

1.35 

3 

0 

28 

1 

3 

9 

31 

1.1 

3 

9 

Fruits  (Fresh  or  Cooked) 


Apples,  as  purchased  . 

Apples,  baked    .     .     . 

Apples,  sauce      .     .     . 

Apricots,  edible  portion 

Apricots,  cooked     .     . 

Bananas,  edible  portion 

Blackberries  .... 

Cantaloupe    .... 

Cherries,  edible  portion 

Cranberries,  as  pur- 
chased    

Grapes,  as  purchased, 
av.     .     . 

Grape  fruit 

Grape  juice 

Lemons 

Lemon  juice 

Nectarines 

Olives,  ripe 

Oranges,  as  purchased 
av 

Oranges,  juice    .     . 

Peaches,  as  purchased, 


Two  apples     .     , 

Ord.  serving    .     , 

Large  serving 
One  large   .     .     , 

Half  ord.  serving 


Small  glass 


About  seven   . 

One  very  large 
Large  glass 

Three  ordinary 


206 

7.3 

3 

7 

94 

3.3 

2 

5 

111 

3.9 

2 

5 

168 

5.92 

8 

0 

131 

4.61 

6 

0 

100 

3.5 

5 

5 

170 

5.9 

9 

16 

243 

8.6 

6 

0 

124 

4.4 

5 

10 

210 

7.5 

3 

12 

136 

4.8 

5 

15 

215 

7.57 

7 

4 

120 

4.2 

0 

0 

215 

7.57 

9 

4 

246 

8.77 

0 

0 

147 

5.18 

4 

0 

37 

1.31 

2 

91 

270 

9.4 

6 

3 

188 

6.62 

0 

0 

290 

10 

7 

2 

166 


APPENDIX 


TABLE   OF    100   FOOD    UNITS    {Continued) 


Name  of  Food 


"Portion"  Con- 
taining 100  Food 
Units  (Approx.) 


Wt.  of  100 
Calories 


Per  Cent  of 


Fruits 

(Fresh  or  Cooked)  {Continued) 

Peaches,  sauce    .     .     . 

Ord.  serving    .     . 

136 

4.78 

4 

2 

94 

Peaches,  juice     .     .     . 

Ord.  glass  .     .     . 

136 

4.80 

0 

0 

100 

Pears    ...... 

One  large  pear     . 

173 

5.40 

4 

7 

89 

Pears,  sauce  .... 

113 

3.98 

3 

4 

93 

Pineapples,  edible  por- 

tion, av 

226 

8 

4 

6 

90 

Raspberries,  black  .     . 

146 

5.18 

10 

14 

76 

Raspberries,  red      .     . 

178 

6.29 

8 

0 

92 

Strawberries,  av.     .     . 

Two  servings  .     . 

260 

9.1 

10 

15 

75 

Watermelon,  av.     .     . 

760 

27 

6 

6 

88 

Dairy  Products 

Butter 

Ordinary  pat  .     . 

12.5 

.44 

.5 

99.5 

00 

Buttermilk     .... 

1§  glasses  . 

275 

9.7 

34 

12 

54 

Cheese,  Am.,  pale  .     . 

1\  cu.  in.    . 

22 

.77 

25 

73 

2 

Cheese,  cottage  .     .     . 

Four  cu.  in 

89 

•3.12 

76 

8 

16 

Cheese,  full  cream  .     . 

1^  cu.  in.    . 

23 

.82 

25 

73 

2 

Cheese,  Neufchatel 

\\  cu.  in.    . 

29.5 

1.05 

22 

76 

2 

Cheese,  Swiss     .     .     . 

1|  cu.  in.    .  . 

23 

.8 

25 

74 

1 

Cheese,  pineapple   .     . 

If  cu.  in.    . 

20 

.72 

25 

73 

2 

Cream 

\  ord.  glass 

49 

1.7 

5 

86 

9 

Milk,  condensed, 

sweetened  .... 

30 

1.06 

10 

23 

67 

Milk,  condensed, 

unsweetened  .     .     . 

59 

2.05 

24 

50 

26 

Milk,  skimmed  .     .     . 

1|  glasses  .     .     . 

255 

9.4 

37 

7 

56 

Milk,  whole  .... 

Small  glass 

140 

4.9 

19 

52 

29 

Cakes,  Pastry,  Puddings,  and  Desserts 


Cake,  chocolate  layer . 

Half  ord.  sq.  pc. 

28 

.98 

7 

22 

71 

Cake,  gingerbread  .     . 

Half  ord.  sq.  pc. 

27 

.96 

6 

23 

71 

Cake,  sponge      .     .     . 

Small  piece     .     . 

25 

.89 

7 

25 

68 

Custard,  caramel    . 

71 

2.51 

19 

10 

71 

APPENDIX 


167 


Name  of  Food 


"Portion"  Con- 
taining 100  Food 
Units  (Approx.) 


Wt.  of  100 
Calories 


Per  Cent  of 


Cakes,  Pastry,  Puddings,  and  Desserts  {Continued) 


Custard,  milk     . 
Custard,  tapioca 
Doughnuts     . 
Lady  fingers  . 
Macaroons     . 
Pie,  apple 
Pie,  cream 
Pie,  custard   . 
Pie,  lemon 
Pie,  mince 
Pie,  squash    . 
Pudding,  apple  sago 
Pudding,  brown  betty 
Pudding,  cream  rice    . 
Pudding,  Indian  meal 
Pudding,  apple  tapioca 
Tapioca,  cooked      .     . 


Catsup,  tomato,  av.     . 

Candy,  plain       .     .     . 

Candy,  chocolate    .     . 

Honey 

Marmalade,  orange 

Molasses,  cane   .     .     . 

Olives,  green,  edible 
portion 

Olives,  ripe,  edible  por- 
tion   

Pickles,  mixed    .     .     . 

Sugar,  granulated  .     . 


Sugar,  maple 
Sirup,  maple 


Ordinary  cup 

f  ordinary . 

§  doughnut 

Two 

Four 

\  piece 

\  piece 

|  piece 

|  piece 

\  piece 

-j  piece 


\  ord.  serving 
Very  small  serving 
\  ord.  serving 
Small  serving 
Ordinary  serving 


Sweets  and  Pickles 


Four  teaspoons 

Five  to  seven 
Five  to  seven 

Three  heaping  tea- 
spoons or  I2 
lumps      .     .     . 

Four  teaspoons    . 

Four  teaspoons    . 


122 

4.29 

26 

56 

69.5 

2.45 

9 

12 

23 

.8 

6 

45 

27 

.95 

10 

12 

23 

.82 

6 

33 

38 

1.3 

5 

32 

30 

1.1 

5 

32 

55 

1.9 

9 

32 

38 

1.35 

6 

36 

35 

1.2 

8 

38 

55 

1.9 

10 

42 

81 

3.02 

6 

3 

56.6 

2 

7 

12 

75 

2.65 

8 

13 

56.6 

2 

12 

25 

79 

2.8 

1 

1 

108 

3.85 

1 

1 

170 

6 

10 

3 

26 

.9 

0 

0 

30 

1.1 

1 

4 

30 

1.05 

1 

0 

28.3 

1 

.5 

2.5 

35 

1.2 

.5 

0 

32 

1.1 

1 

84 

38 

1.3 

2 

91 

415 

14.6 

18 

15 

24 

.86 

0 

0 

29 

1.03 

0 

0 

35 

1.2 

0 

0 

100 
100 
100 


168  APPENDIX 

TABLE    OF    100    FOOD    UNITS    {Continued) 


Name  of  Food 


"Portion"  Con- 
taining 100  Food 
Units  (Approx.) 


Wt.  of  100 
Calories 


Per  Cent  of 


Almonds,  av.       .     . 
Brazil  nuts     .     .     . 
Chestnuts,  fresh,  av. 
Filberts,  av.  .     .     . 
Peanuts,  av.  .     .     . 
Pecans,  polished 
Pine  nuts  (pignolias) 
Walnuts,  California 


Bread,  brown,  av.  .     . 

Bread,  corn  (johnny- 
cake),  av 

Bread,  white,  home 
made 

Cookies,  sugar    .     .     . 

Corn  flakes,  toasted    . 

Corn  meal,  granular, 
av 

Corn  meal,  unbolted, 
av 

Crackers,  graham 

Crackers,  oatmeal 

Crackers,  soda    . 

Hominy,  cooked 

Macaroni,  av.     . 

Macaroni,  cooked 

Oatmeal,  boiled 

Popcorn    .     .     . 

Popcorn,  uncooked 

Rice,  boiled   .     . 

Rice,  flakes    .     . 


Nuts  (Edible  Portion) 

Eight  to  fifteen 
Three  ordinary  size 

Ten  nuts     .     . 
Thirteen  double 
About  eight    . 
About  eight    . 
About  six  .     . 

Cereals 


Ord.  thick  slice 
Small  square  .     . 

Ord.  thick  slice    . 

Two       .... 

Ord.  cereal  dish 
full     .... 

2\  level  table- 
spoons   .     .     . 

Three  tablespoons 
Two  .... 
Two  .... 
3£  "Uneedas"  . 
Large  serving 

Ord.  serving  .  . 
\\  servings      .     . 


Ord.  cereal  dish 
Ord.  cereal  dish 


15 

.53 

13 

77 

e 

14 

.49 

10 

86 

40 

1.4 

10 

20 

14 

.48 

9 

84 

18 

.62 

20 

63 

13 

.46 

6 

87 

16 

.56 

22 

74 

14 

.48 

10 

83 

43 

1.5 

9 

7 

38 

1.3 

12 

16 

38 

1.3 

13 

6 

24 

.83 

7 

22 

27 

.97 

11 

1 

27 

.96 

10 

5 

26 

.92 

9 

11 

23 

.82 

9.5 

20.5 

23 

.81 

11 

24 

24 

.83 

9.4 

20 

120 

4.2 

11 

2 

27 

.96 

15 

2 

110 

3.85 

14 

15 

159 

5.6 

18 

24 

.86 

11 

11 

28 

.98 

9 

87 

3.1 

10 

27 

.94 

8 

APPENDIX 


169 


Name  of  Food 


"Portion"  Con- 
taining 100  Food 
Units  (Approx.) 


Wt.  of  100 
Calories 


Per  Cent  of 


Rolls,  Vienna,  av.   .     . 

Shredded  wheat      .     . 

Spaghetti,  av.     .     .     . 

Wafers,  vanilla  .     .     . 

Wheat,  flour,  entire 
wheat,  av.       .     .     . 

Wheat,  flour,  graham 

Wheat,  flour,  patent, 
family,  and  straight 
grade  spring  wheat 

Zweiback 


Eggs,  hen's,  boiled . 
Eggs,  hen's,  whites 
Eggs,  hen's,  yolks  . 
Omelet  .... 
Soup,  beef,  av.  .  . 
Soup,  bean,  av.  .  . 
Soup,  cream  of  celery 
Consomme  .  .  . 
Clam  chowder  .  . 
Chocolate,  bitter     . 

Cocoa 

Ice  cream  (Phila.)  . 
Ice  cream  (N.  Y.)  . 


Cereals  {Continued) 

One  large   .     .     . 
One  biscuit     .     . 

Four       .... 

Four  tablespoons 
4^  tablespoons 


Four  tablespoons 

Size  thick  slice  of 

bread      .     .     . 

Miscellaneous 

One  large  egg 
Of  six  eggs 
Two  yolks 


Very  large  plate 
Two  plates 

Two  plates 
Half  a  square 

Half  serving   . 
Half  serving    . 


35 

1.2 

12 

7 

27 

.94 

13 

4.5 

28 

.97 

12 

1 

24 

.84 

8 

13 

27 

.96 

15 

5 

27 

.96 

15 

5 

27 

.97 

12 

3 

23 

.81 

9 

21 

59 

2.1 

32 

68 

181 

6.4 

100 

0 

27 

.94 

17 

83 

94 

3.3 

34 

60 

380 

13 

69 

14 

150 

5.4 

20 

20 

180 

6.3 

16 

47 

830 

29 

85 

00 

230 

8.25 

17 

18 

16 

.56 

8 

72 

20 

.69 

17 

53 

45 

1.6 

5 

57 

48 

1.7 

7 

47 

81 
82.5 
87 
79 

80 
80 


85 
70 


00 
00 
00 
6 
17 
60 
37 
15 
65 
20 
30 
38 
46 


SPECIAL    SOLUTIONS 

1.    Cleaning  Solution : 

Dissolve  25  grams  of  commercial  sodium  dichromate  in 
150  cc.  of  water,  then  add  100  cc.  of  concentrated  commercial 
sulfuric  acid.     The  solution  can  be  used  repeatedly. 


170  APPENDIX 

2.  Fehling's  Solution : 

No.  1.  Dissolve  34.64  grams  of  copper  sulfate  in  500  cc.  of 
distilled  water. 

No.  2.  Dissolve  173  grams  of  Rochelle  salts  and  50  grams 
of  sodium  hydroxide  in  500  cc.  of  water.  Keep  the  two  solutions 
in  separate  bottles.  Mix  equal  parts  just  before  using.  The 
mixture  must  be  alkaline.     (For  glucose  test.) 

3.  Haine's  Solution : 

Dissolve  10  grams  of  CuSC>4  •  5  H20  in  875  cc.  of  water  and 
add  45  grams  of  KOH  sticks.  Add  100  cc.  of  glycerin.  This 
is  a  single  solution  reagent  and  will  keep  for  a  year.  (Test  for 
glucose.) 

4.  Halphen's  Reagent : 

Dissolve  1  gram  of  sulfur  in  100  cc.  of  carbon  disulfide  and 
then  add  100  cc.  of  amyl  alcohol.     (Test  for  cottonseed  oil.) 

5.  Iodine  (Tincture) : 

Dissolve  7  grams  of  iodine  and  5  grams  of  potassium  iodide  in 
100  cc.  of  95  %  alcohol. 

6.  Iodine  (Starch  Test) : 

5  grams  iodine  and  10  grams  potassium  iodide  in  250  cc.  of  water 
(starch  test). 

7.  Ink  Eradicator  : 

No.  1.  Tartaric  acid,  20  grams  dissolved  in  100  grams  of 
water. 

No.  2.  Boil  5  grams  of  chlorinated  lime  in  100  cc.  of  water 
until  pink  color  appears.  Filter  and  add  enough  water  to  make 
up  to  100  cc.  Apply  No.  1,  absorb  excess  with  blotter,  and  then 
apply  No.  2.  Sponge  with  ammonia,  if  used  on  clothing.  Do 
not  use  on  wool  or  silk.  The  following  solutions  may  be  used : 
No.  1.  8  grams  of  citric  acid,  50  cc.  of  water,  and  12  cc.  of  a  satu- 
rated solution  of  borax.     No.  2.    Boil  18  grams  of  chlorinated 


APPENDIX  171 

lime  in  60  cc.  of  water ;  filter  and  add  12  cc.  of  a  saturated  sol. 
of  borax.     Use  as  in  the  first  case.     Not  for  wool  or  silk. 

8.  Javelle  Water : 

Dissolve  120  grams  of  sodium  carbonate  in  250  cc.  of  water. 
Stir  30  grams  of  chlorinated  lime  into  250  cc.  of  hot  water. 
Mix  the  two  solutions  and  decant  the  clear  liquid  for  use  as 
Javelle  water. 

9.  Litmus  Solution  Indicator  : 

Powdered  litmus  should  first  be  heated  in  alcohol  to  the  boiling 
point.  Filter  the  undissolved  solid  from  the  liquid  and  allow 
it  to  remain  for  several  hours  in  cold  water  to  remove  alkaline 
impurities.  Finally  boil  the  solid  residue  with  about  5  times 
its  weight  of  water  to  make  the  solution  for  use.  Preserve  the 
solution  by  adding  a  little  chloroform. 

10.  Logwood  Solution : 

Boil  logwood  chips  in  water  till  the  solution  is  dark  in  color. 
Filter.     It  must  be  freshly  prepared. 

11.  Low's  Reagent : 

Mix  4  volumes  of  glacial  acetic  acid  with  1  volume  of  con- 
centrated sulfuric  acid. 

12.  Loewe's  Reagent : 

Dissolve  35  grams  of  copper  sulfate  in  250  cc.  of  water,  and 
add  12  cc.  of  glycerin.  Add  enough  sodium  hydroxide  to  dis- 
solve the  precipitate  that  is  formed  when  the  hydroxide  is  first 
added. 

13.  Millon's  Reagent : 

Dissolve  mercury  in  twice  its  weight  of  concentrated  nitric 
acid.  Dilute  with  an  equal  volume  of  cold  water.  Decant 
the  clear  liquid. 

14.  Methyl  Orange  Indicator : 

Mix  0.4  gram  of  methyl  orange  powder  with  30  cc.  of  95  % 
ethyl  alcohol  and  170  cc.  of  water. 


172  APPENDIX 

15.  Nessler's  Solution : 

To  50  grams  of  potassium  iodide  in  distilled  water  add  satur- 
ated solution  of  mercuric  chloride  to  red  precipitation.  Add 
350  cc.  of  a  50  per  cent  potassium  hydroxide  solution.  Make 
up  to  one  liter  and  allow  to  settle. 

16.  Nickel  Hydroxide  Solution : 

Dissolve  5  grams  of  nickel  sulfate  in  100  cc.  of  water  and 
add  a  solution  of  NaOH  until  all  the  nickel  is  precipitated  as 
hydroxide.  Wash  it  well  and  dissolve  it  in  25  cc.  of  concen- 
trated NH4OH  and  25  cc.  of  water.  This  solution  dissolves  silk 
at  once,  and  reduces  the  weight  of  vegetable  fibers  only  \% 
and  of  wool  only  \  %. 

17.  Phenolphthalein  Indicator : 

Dissolve  0.4  gram  of  phenolphthalein  in  120  cc.  of  95  %  ethyl 
alcohol  and  add  80  cc.  of  distilled  water. 

18.  Potassium  Hydroxide  in  Alcohol : 

10  grams  stick  KOH  dissolved  in  100  grams  of  alcohol. 

19.  Potassium  Permanganate,  Alkaline  : 

KOH,  200  grams  ;  KMn04,  8  grams  ;  distilled  water,  1250  cc. 
Boil  down  to  1  liter. 

20.  Standard  Soap  Solution : 

10  grams  of  white  castile  soap  dissolved  in  1  liter  of  dilute 
alcohol  (one  third  water).     Filter  if  not  clear. 

21.  Sulphanilic  Acid : 

1  gram  of  solid  in  100  cc.  of  hot  distilled  water. 

22.  Sweitzer's  Solution : 

Slowly  add  CuS04  solution  to  NaOH  solution  to  precipitation. 
Filter.  Dissolve  the  residue  in  NH4OH.  Freshly  prepared, 
it  should  dissolve  cotton  immediately. 

23.  Wood  Stain,  Acid  Proof : 

I.  Dissolve  125  grams  each  of  CuS04  and  KCIO3  in  the  same 
liter  of  water. 


APPENDIX  173 

II.  150  grams  of  anilin  oil  mixed  with  180  grams  concentrated 
HC1  and  a  liter  of  water. 

Apply  2  coats  of  the  boiling  hot  solution  I  with  a  brush. 
Allow  each  coat  to  dry.  Apply  2  coats  of  solution  II  in  the 
same  manner.  When  the  wood  is  dry,  wash  with  hot  soap- 
suds. Finish  with  raw  linseed  oil  or  hot  liquid  paraffin,  and 
refinish  with  paraffin  when  the  tables  become  dingy. 

24.  Cobalt  Chloride  Test  Paper: 

Dissolve  20  grams  of  CoCl2  •  6  H20  in  about  200  cc.  of 
water.  Wet  filter  paper  with  the  solution  and  dry  it.  Cutt 
into  strips.  Dry  it  over  a  flame  before  using  it.  Be  careful 
in  drying  not  to  scorch  the  paper. 

25.  Acid  Mercuric  Nitrate : 

Dissolve  metallic  mercury  in  twice  its  weight  of  concen- 
trated HN03  (sp.  gr.  1.42)  and  dilute  with  twenty -five  times 
its  volume  of  water.